Provided by: mpv_0.14.0-1build1_amd64 bug

NAME

       mpv - a media player

SYNOPSIS

       mpv [options] [file|URL|PLAYLIST|-]
       mpv [options] files

DESCRIPTION

       mpv  is  a  media player based on MPlayer and mplayer2. It supports a wide variety of video file formats,
       audio and video codecs, and subtitle types. Special input URL types are available to read  input  from  a
       variety  of  sources other than disk files. Depending on platform, a variety of different video and audio
       output methods are supported.

       Usage examples to get you started quickly can be found at the end of this man page.

INTERACTIVE CONTROL

       mpv has a fully configurable, command-driven  control  layer  which  allows  you  to  control  mpv  using
       keyboard,  mouse,  or  remote  control  (there  is  no  LIRC support - configure remotes as input devices
       instead).

       See the --input- options for ways to customize it.

   Keyboard Control
       LEFT and RIGHT
              Seek backward/forward 5 seconds. Shift+arrow does a 1 second exact seek (see --hr-seek).

       UP and DOWN
              Seek forward/backward 1 minute. Shift+arrow does a 5 second exact seek (see --hr-seek).

       Ctrl+LEFT and Ctrl+RIGHT
              Seek to the previous/next subtitle. Subject to some restrictions and might not  work  always;  see
              sub_seek command.

       [ and ]
              Decrease/increase current playback speed by 10%.

       { and }
              Halve/double current playback speed.

       BACKSPACE
              Reset playback speed to normal.

       < and >
              Go backward/forward in the playlist.

       ENTER  Go forward in the playlist.

       p / SPACE
              Pause (pressing again unpauses).

       .      Step  forward.  Pressing  once will pause, every consecutive press will play one frame and then go
              into pause mode again.

       ,      Step backward. Pressing once will pause, every consecutive press will play one  frame  in  reverse
              and then go into pause mode again.

       q      Stop playing and quit.

       Q      Like  q,  but  store the current playback position. Playing the same file later will resume at the
              old playback position if possible.

       / and *
              Decrease/increase volume.

       9 and 0
              Decrease/increase volume.

       m      Mute sound.

       _      Cycle through the available video tracks.

       #      Cycle through the available audio tracks.

       f      Toggle fullscreen (see also --fs).

       ESC    Exit fullscreen mode.

       T      Toggle stay-on-top (see also --ontop).

       w and e
              Decrease/increase pan-and-scan range.

       o (also P)
              Show progression bar, elapsed time and total duration on the OSD.

       O      Toggle OSD states between normal and playback time/duration.

       v      Toggle subtitle visibility.

       j and J
              Cycle through the available subtitles.

       x and z
              Adjust subtitle delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.

       l      Set/clear A-B loop points. See ab-loop command for details.

       L      Toggle infinite looping.

       Ctrl + and Ctrl -
              Adjust audio delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.

       u      Switch between applying no style overrides  to  SSA/ASS  subtitles,  and  overriding  them  almost
              completely with the normal subtitle style. See --ass-style-override for more info.

       V      Toggle  subtitle  VSFilter  aspect  compatibility  mode. See --ass-vsfilter-aspect-compat for more
              info.

       r and t
              Move subtitles up/down.

       s      Take a screenshot.

       S      Take a screenshot, without subtitles. (Whether this works depends on VO driver support.)

       Ctrl s Take a screenshot, as the window shows it (with subtitles, OSD, and scaled video).

       I      Show filename on the OSD.

       PGUP and PGDWN
              Seek to the beginning of the previous/next chapter. In most cases, "previous" will actually go  to
              the beginning of the current chapter; see --chapter-seek-threshold.

       Shift+PGUP and Shift+PGDWN
              Seek backward or forward by 10 minutes. (This used to be mapped to PGUP/PGDWN without Shift.)

       d      Activate/deactivate deinterlacer.

       A      Cycle aspect ratio override.

       (The  following keys are valid only when using a video output that supports the corresponding adjustment,
       or the software equalizer (--vf=eq).)

       1 and 2
              Adjust contrast.

       3 and 4
              Adjust brightness.

       5 and 6
              Adjust gamma.

       7 and 8
              Adjust saturation.

       Alt+0 (and command+0 on OSX)
              Resize video window to half its original size.

       Alt+1 (and command+1 on OSX)
              Resize video window to its original size.

       Alt+2 (and command+2 on OSX)
              Resize video window to double its original size.

       command + f (OSX only)
              Toggle fullscreen (see also --fs).

       command + [ and command + ] (OSX only)
              Set video window alpha.

       (The following keys are valid if you have a keyboard with multimedia keys.)

       PAUSE  Pause.

       STOP   Stop playing and quit.

       PREVIOUS and NEXT
              Seek backward/forward 1 minute.

       (The following keys are only valid if you compiled with TV or DVB input support.)

       h and k
              Select previous/next channel.

   Mouse Control
       button 3 and button 4
              Seek backward/forward 1 minute.

       button 5 and button 6
              Decrease/increase volume.

USAGE

       Every flag option has a no-flag counterpart, e.g. the opposite of the --fs option is --no-fs. --fs=yes is
       same as --fs, --fs=no is the same as --no-fs.

       If  an  option is marked as (XXX only), it will only work in combination with the XXX option or if XXX is
       compiled in.

   Escaping spaces and other special characters
       Keep in mind that the shell will partially parse and mangle the arguments you pass to mpv.  For  example,
       you might need to quote or escape options and filenames:
          mpv "filename with spaces.mkv" --title="window title"

       It  gets  more complicated if the suboption parser is involved. The suboption parser puts several options
       into a single string, and passes them to a component at once, instead of using multiple  options  on  the
       level of the command line.

       The  suboption  parser  can  quote  strings  with  " and [...].  Additionally, there is a special form of
       quoting with %n% described below.

       For example, the opengl VO can take multiple options:
          mpv test.mkv --vo=opengl:scale=lanczos:icc-profile=file.icc,xv

       This passes scale=lanczos and icc-profile=file.icc to opengl, and also specifies xv as  fallback  VO.  If
       the icc-profile path contains spaces or characters like , or :, you need to quote them:
          mpv '--vo=opengl:icc-profile="file with spaces.icc",xv'

       Shells  may  actually  strip some quotes from the string passed to the commandline, so the example quotes
       the string twice, ensuring that mpv receives the " quotes.

       The [...] form of quotes wraps everything between [ and ]. It's useful with shells that  don't  interpret
       these  characters  in the middle of an argument (like bash). These quotes are balanced (since mpv 0.9.0):
       the [ and ] nest, and the quote terminates on the last ] that has no matching [ within the  string.  (For
       example, [a[b]c] results in a[b]c.)

       The fixed-length quoting syntax is intended for use with external scripts and programs.

       It is started with % and has the following format:

          %n%string_of_length_n

          Examples

                 mpv --ao=pcm:file=%10%C:test.wav test.avi

                 Or in a script:

                 mpv --ao=pcm:file=%`expr length "$NAME"`%"$NAME" test.avi

       Suboptions  passed  to  the  client  API  are  also subject to escaping. Using mpv_set_option_string() is
       exactly like passing --name=data to the command line (but without shell processing of the  string).  Some
       options  support  passing  values  in  a  more  structured way instead of flat strings, and can avoid the
       suboption parsing mess. For example, --vf supports MPV_FORMAT_NODE, which lets you pass suboptions  as  a
       nested  data  structure  of  maps  and arrays. (--vo supports this in the same way, although this fact is
       undocumented.)

   Paths
       Some care must be taken when passing arbitrary paths and filenames to mpv. For  example,  paths  starting
       with  -  will be interpreted as options. Likewise, if a path contains the sequence ://, the string before
       that might be interpreted as protocol prefix, even though :// can be part of a legal UNIX path. To  avoid
       problems  with  arbitrary  paths,  you should be sure that absolute paths passed to mpv start with /, and
       relative paths with ./.

       The name - itself is interpreted as stdin, and will cause mpv to disable console controls.  (Which  makes
       it suitable for playing data piped to stdin.)

       For  paths  passed  to  suboptions,  the  situation  is further complicated by the need to escape special
       characters. To work this around, the path can be additionally wrapped in the  fixed-length  syntax,  e.g.
       %n%string_of_length_n (see above).

       Some  mpv  options  interpret  paths  starting  with  ~.  Currently,  the  prefix  ~~/ expands to the mpv
       configuration directory (usually ~/.config/mpv/).  ~/ expands to the user's home directory. (The trailing
       / is always required.) There are the following paths as well:

                                ┌─────────────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
                                │Name         │ Meaning                               │
                                ├─────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                │~~home/      │ same as ~~/                           │
                                └─────────────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘

                                │~~global/    │ the  global config path, if available │
                                │             │ (not on win32)                        │
                                ├─────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                │~~osxbundle/ │ the OSX  bundle  resource  path  (OSX │
                                │             │ only)                                 │
                                ├─────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                │~~desktop/   │ the path to the desktop (win32, OSX)  │
                                └─────────────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘

   Per-File Options
       When playing multiple files, any option given on the command line usually affects all files. Example:

          mpv --a file1.mkv --b file2.mkv --c

                                             ┌──────────┬────────────────┐
                                             │File      │ Active options │
                                             ├──────────┼────────────────┤
                                             │file1.mkv │ --a --b --c    │
                                             ├──────────┼────────────────┤
                                             │file2.mkv │ --a --b --c    │
                                             └──────────┴────────────────┘

       (This is different from MPlayer and mplayer2.)

       Also,  if  any  option  is changed at runtime (via input commands), they are not reset when a new file is
       played.

       Sometimes, it is useful to change options per-file. This can be achieved by adding the  special  per-file
       markers --{ and --}. (Note that you must escape these on some shells.) Example:

          mpv --a file1.mkv --b --\{ --c file2.mkv --d file3.mkv --e --\} file4.mkv --f

                                         ┌──────────┬─────────────────────────┐
                                         │File      │ Active options          │
                                         ├──────────┼─────────────────────────┤
                                         │file1.mkv │ --a --b --f             │
                                         ├──────────┼─────────────────────────┤
                                         │file2.mkv │ --a --b --f --c --d --e │
                                         ├──────────┼─────────────────────────┤
                                         │file3.mkv │ --a --b --f --c --d --e │
                                         ├──────────┼─────────────────────────┤
                                         │file4.mkv │ --a --b --f             │
                                         └──────────┴─────────────────────────┘

       Additionally,  any  file-local option changed at runtime is reset when the current file stops playing. If
       option --c is changed during playback of file2.mkv, it is reset when advancing to  file3.mkv.  This  only
       affects file-local options. The option --a is never reset here.

CONFIGURATION FILES

   Location and Syntax
       You  can  put  all  of  the  options in configuration files which will be read every time mpv is run. The
       system-wide  configuration  file  'mpv.conf'  is  in  your  configuration  directory  (e.g.  /etc/mpv  or
       /usr/local/etc/mpv),  the user-specific one is ~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf. For details and platform specifics
       (in particular Windows paths) see the FILES section.

       User-specific options override system-wide options and options given on the command line override either.
       The  syntax  of  the  configuration  files is option=value. Everything after a # is considered a comment.
       Options that work without values can be enabled by setting them to yes and disabled by  setting  them  to
       no. Even suboptions can be specified in this way.

          Example configuration file

              # Use opengl video output by default.
              vo=opengl
              # Use quotes for text that can contain spaces:
              status-msg="Time: ${time-pos}"

   Escaping spaces and special characters
       This is done like with command line options. The shell is not involved here, but option values still need
       to be quoted as a whole if it contains certain characters like spaces. A config entry can be quoted  with
       ",  as  well  as  with  the  fixed-length  syntax  (%n%) mentioned before. This is like passing the exact
       contents of the quoted string as command line option. C-style escapes are currently _not_ interpreted  on
       this  level,  although  some  options do this manually. (This is a mess and should probably be changed at
       some point.)

   Putting Command Line Options into the Configuration File
       Almost all command line options can be put into the configuration file. Here is a small guide:

                                    ┌──────────────────┬──────────────────────────┐
                                    │Option            │ Configuration file entry │
                                    ├──────────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
                                    │--flagflag                     │
                                    ├──────────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
                                    │-opt valopt=val                  │
                                    ├──────────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
                                    │--opt=valopt=val                  │
                                    ├──────────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
                                    │-opt "has spaces"opt="has spaces"         │
                                    └──────────────────┴──────────────────────────┘

   File-specific Configuration Files
       You can also write file-specific configuration files. If you wish to have a configuration file for a file
       called  'video.avi', create a file named 'video.avi.conf' with the file-specific options in it and put it
       in ~/.config/mpv/. You can also put the configuration file in the  same  directory  as  the  file  to  be
       played.  Both  require  you  to  set the --use-filedir-conf option (either on the command line or in your
       global config file).  If  a  file-specific  configuration  file  is  found  in  the  same  directory,  no
       file-specific  configuration  is  loaded  from  ~/.config/mpv. In addition, the --use-filedir-conf option
       enables directory-specific configuration files.  For this, mpv first tries to load a  mpv.conf  from  the
       same directory as the file played and then tries to load any file-specific configuration.

   Profiles
       To  ease  working  with  different  configurations, profiles can be defined in the configuration files. A
       profile starts with its name in square brackets, e.g. [my-profile]. All following options will be part of
       the  profile. A description (shown by --profile=help) can be defined with the profile-desc option. To end
       the profile, start another one or use the profile name default to continue with normal options.

          Example mpv config file with profiles

              # normal top-level option
              fullscreen=yes

              # a profile that can be enabled with --profile=big-cache
              [big-cache]
              cache=123400
              demuxer-readahead-secs=20

              [slow]
              profile-desc="some profile name"
              vo=opengl:scale=ewa_lanczos:scale-radius=16

              [fast]
              vo=vdpau

              # using a profile again extends it
              [slow]
              framedrop=no
              # you can also include other profiles
              profile=big-cache

   Auto profiles
       Some profiles are loaded automatically. The following example demonstrates this:

          Auto profile loading

              [vo.vdpau]
              # Use hardware decoding
              hwdec=vdpau

              [protocol.dvd]
              profile-desc="profile for dvd:// streams"
              alang=en

              [extension.flv]
              profile-desc="profile for .flv files"
              vf=flip

              [ao.alsa]
              device=spdif

       The profile name follows the schema type.name, where type can be vo to match the value the --vo option is
       set  to, ao for --ao, protocol for the input/output protocol in use (see --list-protocols), and extension
       for the extension of the path of the currently played file (not the file format).

       This feature is very limited, and there are no other auto profiles.

TAKING SCREENSHOTS

       Screenshots of the currently played file can be taken using the 'screenshot' input mode command, which is
       by default bound to the s key. Files named shotNNNN.jpg will be saved in the working directory, using the
       first available number - no files will be overwritten.

       A screenshot will usually contain the unscaled video contents at the end of the video  filter  chain  and
       subtitles. By default, S takes screenshots without subtitles, while s includes subtitles.

       Unlike  with MPlayer, the screenshot video filter is not required. This filter was never required in mpv,
       and has been removed.

TERMINAL STATUS LINE

       During playback, mpv shows the playback status on the terminal. It looks like something like this:
          AV: 00:03:12 / 00:24:25 (13%) A-V: -0.000

       The status line can be overridden with the --term-status-msg option.

       The following is a list of things that can show up in the status line. Input properties, that can be used
       to get the same information manually, are also listed.

       • AV: or V: (video only) or A: (audio only)

       • The current time position in HH:MM:SS format (playback-time property)

       • The total file duration (absent if unknown) (length property)

       • Playback  speed,  e.g.  ``  x2.0``. Only visible if the speed is not normal. This is the user-requested
         speed, and not the actual speed  (usually they should be the same, unless playback is too slow). (speed
         property.)

       • Playback  percentage,  e.g.  (13%).  How  much of the file has been played.  Normally calculated out of
         playback position and duration, but can fallback to other methods (like byte position) if these are not
         available.  (percent-pos property.)

       • The  audio/video  sync as A-V:  0.000. This is the difference between audio and video time. Normally it
         should be 0 or close to 0. If it's growing, it might indicate a playback problem. (avsync property.)

       • Total A/V sync change, e.g. ct: -0.417. Normally invisible. Can show up if there is audio "missing", or
         not enough frames can be dropped. Usually this will indicate a problem. (total-avsync-change property.)

       • Encoding state in {...}, only shown in encoding mode.

       • Display  sync state. If display sync is active (display-sync-active property), this shows DS: 2.500/13,
         where the first number is average number of vsyncs per video frame (e.g. 2.5 when playing  24Hz  videos
         on  60Hz  screens),  which  might  jitter  if the ratio doesn't round off, or there are mistimed frames
         (vsync-ratio),  and  the  second  number  of  estimated  number  of  vsyncs   which   took   too   long
         (vo-delayed-frame-count  property).  The  latter  is  a  heuristic,  as  it's generally not possible to
         determine this with certainty.

       • Dropped frames, e.g. Dropped: 4. Shows up only if the count is not 0. Can grow if the  video  framerate
         is  higher  than  that  of  the  display, or if video rendering is too slow. Also can be incremented on
         "hiccups" and when the video frame couldn't be displayed on time. (vo-drop-frame-count  property.)   If
         the  decoder  drops  frames,  the  number of decoder-dropped frames is appended to the display as well,
         e.g.: Dropped: 4/34. This happens only if decoder  frame  dropping  is  enabled  with  the  --framedrop
         options.  (drop-frame-count property.)

       • Cache  state, e.g. Cache:  2s+134KB. Visible if the stream cache is enabled.  The first value shows the
         amount of video buffered in the demuxer in seconds, the second value shows additional data buffered  in
         the stream cache in kilobytes. (demuxer-cache-duration and cache-used properties.)

PROTOCOLS

       http://..., https://, ...
              Many  network  protocols are supported, but the protocol prefix must always be specified. mpv will
              never attempt to guess whether a filename is actually a network  address.  A  protocol  prefix  is
              always required.

              Note  that  not  all  prefixes  are  documented  here. Undocumented prefixes are either aliases to
              documented protocols, or are just redirections to protocols implemented and documented in FFmpeg.

       -      Play data from stdin.

       smb://PATH
              Play a path from  Samba share.

       bd://[title][/device] --bluray-device=PATH
              Play a Blu-Ray disc. Currently, this does not accept ISO files. Instead, you must  mount  the  ISO
              file as filesystem, and point --bluray-device to the mounted directory directly.

       dvd://[title|[starttitle]-endtitle][/device] --dvd-device=PATH
              Play a DVD. DVD menus are not supported. If no title is given, the longest title is auto-selected.

              dvdnav:// is an old alias for dvd:// and does exactly the same thing.

       dvdread://...:
              Play  a  DVD  using  the  old libdvdread code. This is what MPlayer and older mpv versions use for
              dvd://. Use is discouraged. It's provided only for compatibility and for transition.

       tv://[channel][/input_id] --tv-...
              Analogue TV via V4L. Also useful for webcams. (Linux only.)

       pvr:// --pvr-...
              PVR. (Linux only.)

       dvb://[cardnumber@]channel --dvbin-...
              Digital TV via DVB. (Linux only.)

       mf://[filemask|@listfile] --mf-...
              Play a series of images as video.

       cdda://track[-endtrack][:speed][/device] --cdrom-device=PATH --cdda-...
              Play CD.

       lavf://...
              Access any FFmpeg/Libav libavformat protocol. Basically, this  passed  the  string  after  the  //
              directly to libavformat.

       av://type:options
              This  is  intended for using libavdevice inputs. type is the libavdevice demuxer name, and options
              is the (pseudo-)filename passed to the demuxer.

              For  example,  mpv  av://lavfi:mandelbrot  makes  use  of  the  libavfilter  wrapper  included  in
              libavdevice, and will use the mandelbrot source filter to generate input data.

              avdevice:// is an alias.

       file://PATH
              A local path as URL. Might be useful in some special use-cases. Note that PATH itself should start
              with a third / to make the path an absolute path.

       fd://123
              Read data from the given UNIX FD (for example 123). This is similar to piping data to stdin via -,
              but can use an arbitrary file descriptor.  Will not work correctly on MS Windows.

       edl://[edl specification as in edl-mpv.rst]
              Stitch together parts of multiple files and play them.

       null://
              Simulate an empty file.

       memory://data
              Use the data part as source data.

PSEUDO GUI MODE

       mpv  has  no  official GUI, other than the OSC (ON SCREEN CONTROLLER), which is not a full GUI and is not
       meant to be. However, to compensate for the lack of expected GUI behavior, mpv will in some  cases  start
       with some settings changed to behave slightly more like a GUI mode.

       Currently this happens only in the following cases:

       • if  started  using the mpv.desktop file on Linux (e.g. started from menus or file associations provided
         by desktop environments)

       • if started from explorer.exe on Windows (technically, if it was started on  Windows,  and  all  of  the
         stdout/stderr/stdin handles are unset)

       • manually adding --profile=pseudo-gui to the command line

       This  mode  implicitly  adds  --profile=pseudo-gui to the command line, with the pseudo-gui profile being
       predefined with the following contents:

          [pseudo-gui]
          terminal=no
          force-window=yes
          idle=once
          screenshot-directory=~~desktop/

       This follows the mpv config file format. To customize pseudo-GUI mode, you can put  your  own  pseudo-gui
       profile into your mpv.conf. This profile will enhance the default profile, rather than overwrite it.

       The profile always overrides other settings in mpv.conf.

OPTIONS

   Track Selection
       --alang=<languagecode[,languagecode,...]>
              Specify  a  priority  list of audio languages to use. Different container formats employ different
              language codes. DVDs use ISO 639-1 two-letter language codes, Matroska, MPEG-TS and  NUT  use  ISO
              639-2 three-letter language codes, while OGM uses a free-form identifier. See also --aid.

                 Examples

                 mpv dvd://1 --alang=hu,en
                        Chooses  the Hungarian language track on a DVD and falls back on English if Hungarian is
                        not available.

                 mpv --alang=jpn example.mkv
                        Plays a Matroska file in Japanese.

       --slang=<languagecode[,languagecode,...]>
              Specify a priority list of subtitle languages to use. Different container formats employ different
              language codes. DVDs use ISO 639-1 two letter language codes, Matroska uses ISO 639-2 three letter
              language codes while OGM uses a free-form identifier. See also --sid.

                 Examples

                 • mpv dvd://1 --slang=hu,en chooses the Hungarian subtitle track on a DVD  and  falls  back  on
                   English if Hungarian is not available.

                 • mpv --slang=jpn example.mkv plays a Matroska file with Japanese subtitles.

       --aid=<ID|auto|no>
              Select  audio  track. auto selects the default, no disables audio.  See also --alang. mpv normally
              prints available audio tracks on the terminal when starting playback of a file.

       --sid=<ID|auto|no>
              Display the subtitle stream specified by <ID>. auto selects the default, no disables subtitles.

              See also --slang, --no-sub.

       --vid=<ID|auto|no>
              Select video channel. auto selects the default, no disables video.

       --ff-aid=<ID|auto|no>, --ff-sid=<ID|auto|no>, --ff-vid=<ID|auto|no>
              Select audio/subtitle/video streams by the  FFmpeg  stream  index.  The  FFmpeg  stream  index  is
              relatively  arbitrary,  but  useful  when  interacting  with other software using FFmpeg (consider
              ffprobe).

              Note that with external tracks (added with --sub-file and similar options), there will be  streams
              with duplicate IDs. In this case, the first stream in order is selected.

       --edition=<ID|auto>
              (Matroska  files  only) Specify the edition (set of chapters) to use, where 0 is the first. If set
              to auto (the default), mpv will choose the first edition declared as a default, or if there is  no
              default, the first edition defined.

   Playback Control
       --start=<relative time>
              Seek to given time position.

              The  general format for absolute times is [[hh:]mm:]ss[.ms]. If the time is given with a prefix of
              + or -, the seek is relative from the start or end of the file. (Since mpv 0.14, the start of  the
              file is always considered 0.)

              pp% seeks to percent position pp (0-100).

              #c seeks to chapter number c. (Chapters start from 1.)

                 Examples

                 --start=+56, --start=+00:56
                        Seeks to the start time + 56 seconds.

                 --start=-56, --start=-00:56
                        Seeks to the end time - 56 seconds.

                 --start=01:10:00
                        Seeks to 1 hour 10 min.

                 --start=50%
                        Seeks to the middle of the file.

                 --start=30 --end=40
                        Seeks to 30 seconds, plays 10 seconds, and exits.

                 --start=-3:20 --length=10
                        Seeks  to  3  minutes  and  20 seconds before the end of the file, plays 10 seconds, and
                        exits.

                 --start='#2' --end='#4'
                        Plays chapters 2 and 3, and exits.

       --end=<time>
              Stop at given absolute time. Use --length if the time should be relative to --start.  See  --start
              for valid option values and examples.

       --length=<relative time>
              Stop  after  a  given  time  relative  to the start time.  See --start for valid option values and
              examples.

       --rebase-start-time=<yes|no>
              Whether to move the file start time to 00:00:00 (default: yes). This is  less  awkward  for  files
              which  start  at  a  random  timestamp, such as transport streams. On the other hand, if there are
              timestamp resets, the resulting behavior can be rather weird. For this reason, and in case you are
              actually interested in the real timestamps, this behavior can be disabled with no.

       --speed=<0.01-100>
              Slow down or speed up playback by the factor given as parameter.

              If  --audio-pitch-correction  (on  by  default)  is  used, playing with a speed higher than normal
              automatically inserts the scaletempo audio filter.

       --loop=<N|inf|force|no>
              Loops playback N times. A value of 1 plays it one time (default), 2  two  times,  etc.  inf  means
              forever. no is the same as 1 and disables looping. If several files are specified on command line,
              the entire playlist is looped.

              The force mode is like inf, but does not skip playlist entries which have been marked as  failing.
              This  means the player might waste CPU time trying to loop a file that doesn't exist. But it might
              be useful for playing webradios under very bad network conditions.

       --pause
              Start the player in paused state.

       --shuffle
              Play files in random order.

       --chapter=<start[-end]>
              Specify which chapter to start playing at. Optionally specify which chapter  to  end  playing  at.
              Also see --start.

       --playlist-pos=<no|index>
              Set  which  file  on the internal playlist to start playback with. The index is an integer, with 0
              meaning the first file. The value no means that the selection of the entry to play is left to  the
              playback  resume mechanism (default). If an entry with the given index doesn't exist, the behavior
              is unspecified and might change in future mpv versions. The same applies if the playlist  contains
              further  playlists  (don't  expect any reasonable behavior). Passing a playlist file to mpv should
              work with this option, though. E.g. mpv playlist.m3u --playlist-pos=123 will work as expected,  as
              long as playlist.m3u does not link to further playlists.

       --playlist=<filename>
              Play  files  according to a playlist file (Supports some common formats. If no format is detected,
              it will be treated as list of files, separated by  newline  characters.  Note  that  XML  playlist
              formats are not supported.)

              You  can  play  playlists  directly  and  without  this  option, however, this option disables any
              security mechanisms that might be in place. You may also need this option to load plaintext  files
              as playlist.

              WARNING:
                 The  way  mpv  uses  playlist  files via --playlist is not safe against maliciously constructed
                 files. Such files may trigger harmful actions.  This has been the case for all mpv and  MPlayer
                 versions,  but  unfortunately  this  fact was not well documented earlier, and some people have
                 even misguidedly recommended use of --playlist with untrusted sources. Do  NOT  use  --playlist
                 with random internet sources or files you do not trust!

                 Playlist  can  contain  entries using other protocols, such as local files, or (most severely),
                 special protocols like avdevice://, which are inherently unsafe.

       --chapter-merge-threshold=<number>
              Threshold for merging almost consecutive ordered chapter parts  in  milliseconds  (default:  100).
              Some  Matroska files with ordered chapters have inaccurate chapter end timestamps, causing a small
              gap between the end of one chapter and the start of the next one when they should match.   If  the
              end of one playback part is less than the given threshold away from the start of the next one then
              keep playing video normally over the chapter change instead of doing a seek.

       --chapter-seek-threshold=<seconds>
              Distance in seconds from the beginning of a chapter within which a backward chapter seek  will  go
              to  the  previous  chapter (default: 5.0). Past this threshold, a backward chapter seek will go to
              the beginning of the current chapter instead. A  negative  value  means  always  go  back  to  the
              previous chapter.

       --hr-seek=<no|absolute|yes>
              Select  when  to  use precise seeks that are not limited to keyframes. Such seeks require decoding
              video from the previous keyframe up to the target position and so can take some time depending  on
              decoding  performance. For some video formats, precise seeks are disabled. This option selects the
              default choice to use for seeks; it is  possible  to  explicitly  override  that  default  in  the
              definition of key bindings and in slave mode commands.

              no     Never use precise seeks.

              absolute
                     Use  precise  seeks  if  the seek is to an absolute position in the file, such as a chapter
                     seek, but not for relative seeks like the default behavior of arrow keys (default).

              yes    Use precise seeks whenever possible.

              always Same as yes (for compatibility).

       --hr-seek-demuxer-offset=<seconds>
              This option exists to work around failures to do precise seeks (as in --hr-seek) caused by bugs or
              limitations in the demuxers for some file formats. Some demuxers fail to seek to a keyframe before
              the given target position, going to a  later  position  instead.  The  value  of  this  option  is
              subtracted  from  the time stamp given to the demuxer. Thus, if you set this option to 1.5 and try
              to do a precise seek to 60 seconds, the demuxer is told to seek  to  time  58.5,  which  hopefully
              reduces  the  chance  that it erroneously goes to some time later than 60 seconds. The downside of
              setting this option is that precise seeks become slower, as  video  between  the  earlier  demuxer
              position and the real target may be unnecessarily decoded.

       --hr-seek-framedrop=<yes|no>
              Allow the video decoder to drop frames during seek, if these frames are before the seek target. If
              this is enabled, precise seeking can be faster, but if you're using  video  filters  which  modify
              timestamps  or add new frames, it can lead to precise seeking skipping the target frame. This e.g.
              can break frame backstepping when deinterlacing is enabled.

              Default: yes

       --index=<mode>
              Controls how to seek in files. Note that if the index is missing from a file, it will be built  on
              the fly by default, so you don't need to change this. But it might help with some broken files.

              default
                     use an index if the file has one, or build it if missing

              recreate
                     don't read or use the file's index

              NOTE:
                 This  option  only  works  if the underlying media supports seeking (i.e. not with stdin, pipe,
                 etc).

       --load-unsafe-playlists
              Load URLs from playlists  which  are  considered  unsafe  (default:  no).  This  includes  special
              protocols  and  anything  that  doesn't  refer to normal files.  Local files and HTTP links on the
              other hand are always considered safe.

              Note that --playlist always loads all entries, so you use that instead if you really have the need
              for this functionality.

       --loop-file=<N|inf|no>
              Loop  a  single  file  N  times.  inf  means forever, no means normal playback. For compatibility,
              --loop-file and --loop-file=yes are also accepted, and are the same as --loop-file=inf.

              The difference to --loop is that this doesn't loop the playlist, just  the  file  itself.  If  the
              playlist  contains  only  a single file, the difference between the two option is that this option
              performs a seek on loop, instead of reloading the file.

       --ab-loop-a=<time>, --ab-loop-b=<time>
              Set loop points. If playback passes the b timestamp, it will seek to the a timestamp. Seeking past
              the  b  point  doesn't loop (this is intentional). The loop-points can be adjusted at runtime with
              the corresponding properties. See also ab_loop command.

       --ordered-chapters, --no-ordered-chapters
              Enabled by default.  Disable support for Matroska ordered chapters. mpv will not  load  or  search
              for video segments from other files, and will also ignore any chapter order specified for the main
              file.

       --ordered-chapters-files=<playlist-file>
              Loads the given file as playlist, and tries to use the files contained in it  as  reference  files
              when  opening  a Matroska file that uses ordered chapters. This overrides the normal mechanism for
              loading referenced files by scanning the same directory the main file is located in.

              Useful for loading ordered chapter files that are not located on the local filesystem, or  if  the
              referenced files are in different directories.

              Note: a playlist can be as simple as a text file containing filenames separated by newlines.

       --chapters-file=<filename>
              Load chapters from this file, instead of using the chapter metadata found in the main file.

       --sstep=<sec>
              Skip <sec> seconds after every frame.

              NOTE:
                 Without --hr-seek, skipping will snap to keyframes.

       --stop-playback-on-init-failure=<yes|no>
              Stop  playback if either audio or video fails to initialize. Currently, the default behavior is no
              for the command line player, but yes for libmpv. With no, playback will continue in video-only  or
              audio-only  mode  if  one  of them fails. This doesn't affect playback of audio-only or video-only
              files.

   Program Behavior
       --help Show short summary of options.

       -v     Increment verbosity level, one level for each -v found on the command line.

       --version, -V
              Print version string and exit.

       --no-config
              Do not load default configuration  files.  This  prevents  loading  of  both  the  user-level  and
              system-wide  mpv.conf and input.conf files. Other configuration files are blocked as well, such as
              resume playback files.

              NOTE:
                 Files explicitly requested by command line options, like --include or --use-filedir-conf,  will
                 still be loaded.

              Also see --config-dir.

       --list-options
              Prints all available options.

       --list-properties
              Print a list of the available properties.

       --list-protocols
              Print a list of the supported protocols.

       --log-file=<path>
              Opens  the given path for writing, and print log messages to it. Existing files will be truncated.
              The log level always corresponds to -v, regardless of terminal verbosity levels.

       --config-dir=<path>
              Force a different configuration directory. If this is set, the given directory  is  used  to  load
              configuration  files,  and  all other configuration directories are ignored. This means the global
              mpv configuration directory as well as per-user directories are  ignored,  and  overrides  through
              environment variables (MPV_HOME) are also ignored.

              Note that the --no-config option takes precedence over this option.

       --save-position-on-quit
              Always  save  the  current  playback  position  on quit. When this file is played again later, the
              player will seek to the old playback position on start. This does not happen if playback of a file
              is  stopped  in  any  other way than quitting. For example, going to the next file in the playlist
              will not save the position, and start playback at beginning the next time the file is played.

              This behavior is disabled by default, but is  always  available  when  quitting  the  player  with
              Shift+Q.

       --dump-stats=<filename>
              Write  certain  statistics  to  the  given  file.  The file is truncated on opening. The file will
              contain raw samples, each with a timestamp.  To  make  this  file  into  a  readable,  the  script
              TOOLS/stats-conv.py can be used (which currently displays it as a graph).

              This option is useful for debugging only.

       --idle=<no|yes|once>
              Makes  mpv  wait  idly  instead of quitting when there is no file to play.  Mostly useful in slave
              mode, where mpv can be controlled through input commands.

              once will only idle at start and let the player close once the first playlist has finished playing
              back.

       --include=<configuration-file>
              Specify configuration file to be parsed after the default ones.

       --load-scripts=<yes|no>
              If  set  to  no,  don't  auto-load  scripts  from  the scripts configuration subdirectory (usually
              ~/.config/mpv/scripts/).  (Default: yes)

       --script=<filename>
              Load a Lua script. You can load multiple scripts by separating them with commas (,).

       --script-opts=key1=value1,key2=value2,...
              Set options for scripts. A script can query an option by key.  If  an  option  is  used  and  what
              semantics  the  option value has depends entirely on the loaded scripts. Values not claimed by any
              scripts are ignored.

       --merge-files
              Pretend that all files passed to  mpv  are  concatenated  into  a  single,  big  file.  This  uses
              timeline/EDL support internally. Note that this won't work for ordered chapter files.

       --no-resume-playback
              Do  not  restore  playback  position  from  the  watch_later  configuration  subdirectory (usually
              ~/.config/mpv/watch_later/).  See quit_watch_later input command.

       --profile=<profile1,profile2,...>
              Use the given profile(s), --profile=help displays a list of the defined profiles.

       --reset-on-next-file=<all|option1,option2,...>
              Normally, mpv will try to keep all settings when playing the next file on the  playlist,  even  if
              they  were changed by the user during playback. (This behavior is the opposite of MPlayer's, which
              tries to reset all settings when starting next file.)

              Default: Do not reset anything.

              This can be changed with this option. It accepts a list of options, and mpv will reset  the  value
              of  these  options on playback start to the initial value. The initial value is either the default
              value, or as set by the config file or command line.

              In some cases, this might not work as expected. For example, --volume will only be reset if it  is
              explicitly set in the config file or the command line.

              The special name all resets as many options as possible.

                 Examples

                 • --reset-on-next-file=pause Reset pause mode when switching to the next file.

                 • --reset-on-next-file=fullscreen,speed  Reset  fullscreen  and playback speed settings if they
                   were changed during playback.

                 • --reset-on-next-file=all Try to reset all settings that were changed during playback.

       --write-filename-in-watch-later-config
              Prepend the watch later config files with the name of the file  they  refer  to.  This  is  simply
              written as comment on the top of the file.

              WARNING:
                 This option may expose privacy-sensitive information and is thus disabled by default.

       --ignore-path-in-watch-later-config
              Ignore path (i.e. use filename only) when using watch later feature.

       --show-profile=<profile>
              Show the description and content of a profile.

       --use-filedir-conf
              Look  for  a  file-specific  configuration  file  in  the same directory as the file that is being
              played. See File-specific Configuration Files.

              WARNING:
                 May be dangerous if playing from untrusted media.

       --ytdl, --no-ytdl
              Enable the youtube-dl hook-script. It will look at the input URL, and will play the video  located
              on  the  website.  This works with many streaming sites, not just the one that the script is named
              after. This requires a recent version of youtube-dl to be installed on  the  system.  (Enabled  by
              default, except when the client API / libmpv is used.)

              If the script can't do anything with an URL, it will do nothing.

       --ytdl-format=<best|worst|mp4|webm|...>
              Video  format/quality  that  is directly passed to youtube-dl. The possible values are specific to
              the website and the video, for a given url the available formats can be  found  with  the  command
              youtube-dl  --list-formats  URL.  See youtube-dl's documentation for available aliases.  (Default:
              youtube-dl's default, currently bestvideo+bestaudio/best)

       --ytdl-raw-options=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass arbitrary options to youtube-dl. Parameter and argument should be passed as a key-value pair.
              Options without argument must include =.

              There  is no sanity checking so it's possible to break things (i.e.  passing invalid parameters to
              youtube-dl).

                 Example

                        --ytdl-raw-options=username=user,password=pass --ytdl-raw-options=force-ipv6=

   Video
       --vo=<driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of video output drivers  to  be  used.  For  interactive  use,  one  would
              normally  specify  a single one to use, but in configuration files, specifying a list of fallbacks
              may make sense. See VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS for details and descriptions of available drivers.

       --vd=<[+|-]family1:(*|decoder1),[+|-]family2:(*|decoder2),...[-]>
              Specify a priority list of video decoders to be used, according to their family and name. See --ad
              for  further details. Both of these options use the same syntax and semantics; the only difference
              is that they operate on different codec lists.

              NOTE:
                 See --vd=help for a full list of available decoders.

       --vf=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Specify a list of video filters to apply to the video stream. See VIDEO FILTERS  for  details  and
              descriptions  of  the  available  filters.   The  option variants --vf-add, --vf-pre, --vf-del and
              --vf-clr exist to modify a previously specified list, but you should not need  these  for  typical
              use.

       --no-video
              Do  not  play  video.  With  some demuxers this may not work. In those cases you can try --vo=null
              instead.

              mpv will try to download the audio only if media is streamed with  youtube-dl,  because  it  saves
              bandwidth.  This  is  done  by  setting  the  ytdl_format to "bestaudio/best" in the ytdl_hook.lua
              script.

       --untimed
              Do not sleep when outputting video frames. Useful for benchmarks when used with --no-audio.

       --framedrop=<mode>
              Skip displaying some frames to maintain A/V sync on slow systems, or playing high framerate  video
              on video outputs that have an upper framerate limit.

              The argument selects the drop methods, and can be one of the following:

              <no>   Disable any framedropping.

              <vo>   Drop  late frames on video output (default). This still decodes and filters all frames, but
                     doesn't render them on the VO. It tries to query the display FPS (X11 only, not correct  on
                     multi-monitor  systems), or assumes infinite display FPS if that fails. Drops are indicated
                     in the terminal status line as D: field. If the decoder is too slow, in theory  all  frames
                     would  have to be dropped (because all frames are too late) - to avoid this, frame dropping
                     stops if the effective framerate is below 10 FPS.

              <decoder>
                     Old, decoder-based framedrop mode. (This is the same as --framedrop=yes in  mpv  0.5.x  and
                     before.)  This  tells  the  decoder to skip frames (unless they are needed to decode future
                     frames). May help with slow systems, but can produce unwatchable  choppy  output,  or  even
                     freeze  the  display  completely. Not recommended.  The --vd-lavc-framedrop option controls
                     what frames to drop.

              <decoder+vo>
                     Enable both modes. Not recommended.

              NOTE:
                 --vo=vdpau has its own code for the vo framedrop mode. Slight  differences  to  other  VOs  are
                 possible.

       --display-fps=<fps>
              Set  the  display  FPS  used with the --video-sync=display-* modes. By default a detected value is
              used (X11 only, not correct on multi-monitor systems). Keep in  mind  that  setting  an  incorrect
              value (even if slightly incorrect) can ruin video playback.

       --hwdec=<api>
              Specify  the  hardware  video  decoding  API  that  should  be used if possible.  Whether hardware
              decoding is actually done depends on the video codec. If hardware decoding is  not  possible,  mpv
              will fall back on software decoding.

              <api> can be one of the following:

              no     always use software decoding (default)

              auto   see below

              vdpau  requires --vo=vdpau or --vo=opengl (Linux only)

              vaapi  requires --vo=opengl or --vo=vaapi (Linux only)

              vaapi-copy
                     copies video back into system RAM (Linux with Intel GPUs only)

              videotoolbox
                     requires --vo=opengl (OS X 10.8 and up only)

              dxva2-copy
                     copies video back to system RAM (Windows only)

              rpi    requires --vo=rpi (Raspberry Pi only - default if available)

              auto  tries to automatically enable hardware decoding using the first available method. This still
              depends what VO you are using. For example, if you are not using --vo=vdpau or --vo=opengl,  vdpau
              decoding will never be enabled. Also note that if the first found method doesn't actually work, it
              will always fall back to software decoding, instead of trying the next  method  (might  matter  on
              some Linux systems).

              The  vaapi  mode, if used with --vo=opengl, requires Mesa 11 and most likely works with Intel GPUs
              only. It also requires the opengl EGL backend (automatically used if available). You can also  try
              the  old GLX backend by forcing it with --vo=opengl:backend=x11, but the vaapi/GLX interop is said
              to be slower than vaapi-copy.

              The vaapi-copy mode allows you to use vaapi with any VO. Because this  copies  the  decoded  video
              back to system RAM, it's likely less efficient than the vaapi mode.

              NOTE:
                 When   using  this  switch,  hardware  decoding  is  still  only  done  for  some  codecs.  See
                 --hwdec-codecs to enable hardware decoding for more codecs.

       --hwdec-preload=<api>
              This is useful for the opengl and opengl-cb VOs for creating the hardware decoding OpenGL  interop
              context, but without actually enabling hardware decoding itself (like --hwdec does).

              If set to no (default), the --hwdec option is used.

              For opengl, if set, do not create the interop context on demand, but when the VO is created.

              For  opengl-cb,  if  set, load the interop context as soon as the OpenGL context is created. Since
              opengl-cb has no on-demand loading, this allows enabling hardware  decoding  at  runtime  at  all,
              without  having  to  to temporarily set the hwdec option just during OpenGL context initialization
              with mpv_opengl_cb_init_gl().

       --videotoolbox-format=<name>
              Set the internal pixel format used by --hwdec=videotoolbox on OSX. The choice of  the  format  can
              influence  performance  considerably.  On the other hand, there doesn't appear to be a good way to
              detect the best format for the given hardware. nv12, the default, works better on modern hardware,
              while uyvy422 appears to be better for old hardware. rgb0 also works.

       --panscan=<0.0-1.0>
              Enables  pan-and-scan  functionality (cropping the sides of e.g. a 16:9 video to make it fit a 4:3
              display without black bands). The range controls how much of the image is cropped.  May  not  work
              with all video output drivers.

       --video-aspect=<ratio>
              Override  video aspect ratio, in case aspect information is incorrect or missing in the file being
              played. See also --no-video-aspect.

              Two values have special meaning:

              0      disable aspect ratio handling, pretend the video has square pixels

              -1     use the video stream or container aspect (default)

              But note that handling of these special values might change in the future.

                 Examples

                 • --video-aspect=4:3  or --video-aspect=1.3333--video-aspect=16:9 or --video-aspect=1.7777

       --no-video-aspect
              Ignore aspect ratio information from video file and assume the video has square pixels.  See  also
              --video-aspect.

       --video-aspect-method=<hybrid|bitstream|container>
              This  sets the default video aspect determination method (if the aspect is _not_ overridden by the
              user with --video-aspect or others).

              hybrid Prefer the container aspect ratio. If the bitstream aspect switches mid-stream,  switch  to
                     preferring the bitstream aspect.  This is the default behavior in mpv and mplayer2.

              container
                     Strictly  prefer  the  container aspect ratio. This is apparently the default behavior with
                     VLC, at least with Matroska.

              bitstream
                     Strictly prefer the bitstream aspect ratio, unless the bitstream aspect ratio is  not  set.
                     This is apparently the default behavior with XBMC/kodi, at least with Matroska.

              Normally  you  should not set this. Try the container and bitstream choices if you encounter video
              that has the wrong aspect ratio in mpv, but seems to be correct in other players.

       --video-unscaled
              Disable scaling of the video. If the window is larger  than  the  video,  black  bars  are  added.
              Otherwise,  the  video  is  cropped.  The  video  still can be influenced by the other --video-...
              options. (But not all; for example --video-zoom does nothing if this option is enabled.)

              The video and monitor aspects aspect will be ignored. Aspect correction would require to scale the
              video in the X or Y direction, but this option disables scaling, disabling all aspect correction.

              Note  that  the  scaler  algorithm may still be used, even if the video isn't scaled. For example,
              this can influence chroma conversion.

              This option is disabled if the --no-keepaspect option is used.

       --video-pan-x=<value>, --video-pan-y=<value>
              Moves the displayed video rectangle by the given value in the X or Y direction.  The  unit  is  in
              fractions  of  the  size  of  the  scaled video (the full size, even if parts of the video are not
              visible due to panscan or other options).

              For example, displaying a 1280x720 video fullscreen on a 1680x1050 screen with  --video-pan-x=-0.1
              would move the video 168 pixels to the left (making 128 pixels of the source video invisible).

              This option is disabled if the --no-keepaspect option is used.

       --video-rotate=<0-360|no>
              Rotate  the  video  clockwise, in degrees. Currently supports 90° steps only.  If no is given, the
              video is never rotated, even if the file has rotation metadata. (The rotation value  is  added  to
              the  rotation  metadata,  which means the value 0 would rotate the video according to the rotation
              metadata.)

       --video-stereo-mode=<no|mode>
              Set the stereo 3D output mode (default: mono). This is done by inserting the  stereo3d  conversion
              filter.

              The pseudo-mode no disables automatic conversion completely.

              The  mode mono is an alias to ml, which refers to the left frame in 2D. This is the default, which
              means mpv will try to show 3D movies in 2D, instead of the  mangled  3D  image  not  intended  for
              consumption (such as showing the left and right frame side by side, etc.).

              Use  --video-stereo-mode=help  to  list  all  available  modes.  Check  with  the  stereo3d filter
              documentation to see what the names mean. Note that some names refer to  modes  not  supported  by
              stereo3d - these modes can appear in files, but can't be handled properly by mpv.

       --video-zoom=<value>
              Adjust the video display scale factor by the given value. The unit is in fractions of the (scaled)
              window video size.

              For example, given a 1280x720 video shown in a 1280x720 window, --video-zoom=-0.1 would  make  the
              video by 128 pixels smaller in X direction, and 72 pixels in Y direction.

              This option is disabled if the --no-keepaspect option is used.

       --video-align-x=<-1-1>, --video-align-y=<-1-1>
              Moves  the  video  rectangle within the black borders, which are usually added to pad the video to
              screen if video and screen aspect ratios are different.  --video-align-y=-1 would move  the  video
              to the top of the screen (leaving a border only on the bottom), a value of 0 centers it (default),
              and a value of 1 would put the video at the bottom of the screen.

              If video and screen aspect match perfectly, these options do nothing.

              This option is disabled if the --no-keepaspect option is used.

       --correct-pts, --no-correct-pts
              --no-correct-pts switches mpv to a mode where video timing is determined using a  fixed  framerate
              value  (either  using  the  --fps  option,  or using file information). Sometimes, files with very
              broken timestamps can be played somewhat well in this mode.  Note  that  video  filters,  subtitle
              rendering and audio synchronization can be completely broken in this mode.

       --fps=<float>
              Override video framerate. Useful if the original value is wrong or missing.

              NOTE:
                 Works in --no-correct-pts mode only.

       --deinterlace=<yes|no|auto>
              Enable  or  disable  interlacing  (default: auto, which usually means no).  Interlaced video shows
              ugly comb-like artifacts, which are visible on fast movement. Enabling this typically inserts  the
              yadif video filter in order to deinterlace the video, or lets the video output apply deinterlacing
              if supported.

              This behaves exactly like the deinterlace input property (usually mapped to d).

              auto is a technicality. Strictly speaking, the default for this option is deinterlacing  disabled,
              but  the  auto  case is needed if yadif was added to the filter chain manually with --vf. Then the
              core shouldn't disable deinterlacing just because the --deinterlace was not set.

       --field-dominance=<auto|top|bottom>
              Set first field for interlaced content.  Useful  for  deinterlacers  that  double  the  framerate:
              --vf=yadif=field and --vo=vdpau:deint.

              auto   (default)  If the decoder does not export the appropriate information, it falls back on top
                     (top field first).

              top    top field first

              bottom bottom field first

              NOTE:
                 Setting either top or bottom will flag all frames as interlaced.

       --frames=<number>
              Play/convert only first <number> video frames, then quit.

              --frames=0 loads the file, but immediately quits before initializing playback.  (Might  be  useful
              for scripts which just want to determine some file properties.)

              For  audio-only  playback,  any  value  greater  than  0  will  quit  playback  immediately  after
              initialization. The value 0 works as with video.

       --video-output-levels=<outputlevels>
              RGB color levels used with YUV to RGB conversion. Normally, output devices such as PC monitors use
              full  range color levels. However, some TVs and video monitors expect studio RGB levels. Providing
              full range output to a device expecting studio level input results in crushed blacks  and  whites,
              the reverse in dim gray blacks and dim whites.

              Not all VOs support this option. Some will silently ignore it.

              Available color ranges are:

              auto   automatic selection (equals to full range) (default)

              limited
                     limited range (16-235 per component), studio levels

              full   full range (0-255 per component), PC levels

              NOTE:
                 It is advisable to use your graphics driver's color range option instead, if available.

       --hwdec-codecs=<codec1,codec2,...|all>
              Allow  hardware  decoding for a given list of codecs only. The special value all always allows all
              codecs.

              You can get the list of allowed codecs with mpv --vd=help. Remove  the  prefix,  e.g.  instead  of
              lavc:h264 use h264.

              By  default  this  is  set  to  h264,vc1,wmv3,hevc,mpeg2video. Note that the hardware acceleration
              special codecs like h264_vdpau are not relevant anymore, and in fact have been removed from  Libav
              in this form.

              This is usually only needed with broken GPUs, where a codec is reported as supported, but decoding
              causes more problems than it solves.

                 Example

                 mpv --hwdec=vdpau --vo=vdpau --hwdec-codecs=h264,mpeg2video
                        Enable vdpau decoding for h264 and mpeg2 only.

       --vd-lavc-check-hw-profile=<yes|no>
              Check hardware decoder profile (default: yes). If no is set, the highest profile of  the  hardware
              decoder  is  unconditionally  selected, and decoding is forced even if the profile of the video is
              higher than that.  The result is most likely broken decoding, but may also help if the detected or
              reported profiles are somehow incorrect.

       --vd-lavc-software-fallback=<yes|no|N>
              Fallback to software decoding if the hardware-accelerated decoder fails (default: 3). If this is a
              number, then fallback will be triggered if N frames fail to decode in a row. 1  is  equivalent  to
              yes.

       --vd-lavc-bitexact
              Only use bit-exact algorithms in all decoding steps (for codec testing).

       --vd-lavc-fast (MPEG-2, MPEG-4, and H.264 only)
              Enable  optimizations  which  do  not  comply  with the format specification and potentially cause
              problems, like simpler dequantization, simpler motion compensation, assuming use  of  the  default
              quantization matrix, assuming YUV 4:2:0 and skipping a few checks to detect damaged bitstreams.

       --vd-lavc-o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass  AVOptions  to libavcodec decoder. Note, a patch to make the o= unneeded and pass all unknown
              options through the AVOption system is welcome. A full list of  AVOptions  can  be  found  in  the
              FFmpeg manual.

              Some options which used to be direct options can be set with this mechanism, like bug, gray, idct,
              ec, vismv, skip_top (was st), skip_bottom (was sb), debug.

                 Example

                        --vd-lavc-o=debug=pict

       --vd-lavc-show-all=<yes|no>
              Show even broken/corrupt frames (default: no). If this option  is  set  to  no,  libavcodec  won't
              output  frames that were either decoded before an initial keyframe was decoded, or frames that are
              recognized as corrupted.

       --vd-lavc-skiploopfilter=<skipvalue> (H.264 only)
              Skips the loop filter (AKA deblocking) during H.264 decoding. Since the filtered frame is supposed
              to be used as reference for decoding dependent frames, this has a worse effect on quality than not
              doing deblocking on e.g. MPEG-2 video. But at least for high bitrate HDTV,  this  provides  a  big
              speedup with little visible quality loss.

              <skipvalue> can be one of the following:

              none   Never skip.

              default
                     Skip useless processing steps (e.g. 0 size packets in AVI).

              nonref Skip  frames  that  are  not referenced (i.e. not used for decoding other frames, the error
                     cannot "build up").

              bidir  Skip B-Frames.

              nonkey Skip all frames except keyframes.

              all    Skip all frames.

       --vd-lavc-skipidct=<skipvalue> (MPEG-1/2 only)
              Skips the IDCT step. This degrades quality a lot in  almost  all  cases  (see  skiploopfilter  for
              available skip values).

       --vd-lavc-skipframe=<skipvalue>
              Skips  decoding  of  frames  completely. Big speedup, but jerky motion and sometimes bad artifacts
              (see skiploopfilter for available skip values).

       --vd-lavc-framedrop=<skipvalue>
              Set framedropping mode used with --framedrop (see skiploopfilter for available skip values).

       --vd-lavc-threads=<N>
              Number of threads to use for decoding. Whether threading is actually supported  depends  on  codec
              (default: 0). 0 means autodetect number of cores on the machine and use that, up to the maximum of
              16. You can set more than 16 threads manually.

   Audio
       --audio-pitch-correction=<yes|no>
              If this is enabled (default), playing with a speed different from normal automatically inserts the
              scaletempo audio filter. For details, see audio filter section.

       --audio-device=<name>
              Use  the  given  audio  device. This consists of the audio output name, e.g.  alsa, followed by /,
              followed by the audio output specific device name.

              You can list audio devices with --audio-device=help. This  outputs  the  device  name  in  quotes,
              followed by a description. The device name is what you have to pass to the --audio-device option.

              The default value for this option is auto, which tries every audio output in preference order with
              the default device.

              Note that many AOs have a device sub-option, which overrides the device selection of  this  option
              (but  not  the audio output selection).  Likewise, forcing an AO with --ao will override the audio
              output selection of --audio-device (but not the device selection).

              Currently not implemented for most AOs.

       --audio-fallback-to-null=<yes|no>
              If no audio device can be opened, behave as if --ao=null was given. This is useful in  combination
              with --audio-device: instead of causing an error if the selected device does not exist, the client
              API user (or a Lua script) could let playback continue normally,  and  check  the  current-ao  and
              audio-device-list properties to make high-level decisions about how to continue.

       --ao=<driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used. For interactive use one would normally
              specify a single one to use, but in configuration files specifying a list of  fallbacks  may  make
              sense. See AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS for details and descriptions of available drivers.

       --af=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Specify  a  list  of audio filters to apply to the audio stream. See AUDIO FILTERS for details and
              descriptions of the available filters.  The  option  variants  --af-add,  --af-pre,  --af-del  and
              --af-clr  exist  to  modify a previously specified list, but you should not need these for typical
              use.

       --audio-spdif=<codecs>
              List of codecs for which compressed audio passthrough should be used. This works for both  classic
              S/PDIF and HDMI.

              Possible  codecs are ac3, dts, dts-hd. Multiple codecs can be specified by separating them with ,.
              dts refers to low bitrate DTS core, while dts-hd  refers  to  DTS  MA  (receiver  and  OS  support
              varies).   You  should  only use either dts or dts-hd (if both are specified, and dts comes first,
              only dts will be used).

              In general, all codecs in the spdif family listed with --ad=help are supported in theory.

                 Warning

                        There is not much reason to use this. HDMI supports uncompressed multichannel  PCM,  and
                        mpv supports lossless DTS-HD decoding via FFmpeg's libdcadec wrapper.

       --ad=<[+|-]family1:(*|decoder1),[+|-]family2:(*|decoder2),...[-]>
              Specify  a priority list of audio decoders to be used, according to their family and decoder name.
              Entries like family:* prioritize all decoders of the given family. When determining which  decoder
              to  use,  the first decoder that matches the audio format is selected. If that is unavailable, the
              next decoder is used. Finally, it tries all other decoders that are  not  explicitly  selected  or
              rejected by the option.

              -  at  the end of the list suppresses fallback on other available decoders not on the --ad list. +
              in front of an entry forces the decoder. Both of these should not normally be used,  because  they
              break normal decoder auto-selection!

              - in front of an entry disables selection of the decoder.

                 Examples

                 --ad=lavc:mp3float
                        Prefer the FFmpeg/Libav mp3float decoder over all other MP3 decoders.

                 --ad=spdif:ac3,lavc:*
                        Always prefer spdif AC3 over FFmpeg/Libav over anything else.

                 --ad=help
                        List all available decoders.

                 Warning

                        Enabling  compressed  audio passthrough (AC3 and DTS via SPDIF/HDMI) with this option is
                        deprecated. Use --audio-spdif instead.

       --volume=<value>
              Set the startup volume. 0 means silence, 100 means no volume reduction or amplification.  A  value
              of -1 (the default) will not change the volume. See also --softvol.

              NOTE:
                 This  was changed after the mpv 0.9 release. Before that, 100 actually meant maximum volume. At
                 the same time, the volume scale was made cubic, so the old values won't match up with  the  new
                 ones anyway.

       --audio-delay=<sec>
              Audio  delay  in  seconds (positive or negative float value). Positive values delay the audio, and
              negative values delay the video.

       --no-audio
              Do not play sound.

       --mute=<auto|yes|no>
              Set startup audio mute status. auto (default) will not change the mute status. Also see --volume.

       --softvol=<mode>
              Control whether to use the volume controls of the audio output driver or the internal  mpv  volume
              filter.

              no     prefer audio driver controls, use the volume filter only if absolutely needed

              yes    always use the volume filter

              auto   prefer the volume filter if the audio driver uses the system mixer (default)

              The  intention  of  auto  is  to avoid changing system mixer settings from within mpv with default
              settings. mpv is a video player, not a mixer panel.  On the other hand, mixer controls are enabled
              for sound servers like PulseAudio, which provide per-application volume.

       --audio-demuxer=<[+]name>
              Use  this  audio demuxer type when using --audio-file. Use a '+' before the name to force it; this
              will skip some checks. Give the demuxer name as printed by --audio-demuxer=help.

       --ad-lavc-ac3drc=<level>
              Select the Dynamic Range Compression level for AC-3 audio  streams.   <level>  is  a  float  value
              ranging  from  0  to  1,  where  0  means  no  compression (which is the default) and 1 means full
              compression (make loud passages more silent and vice versa). Values up to 6 are also accepted, but
              are purely experimental. This option only shows an effect if the AC-3 stream contains the required
              range compression information.

              The standard mandates that DRC is enabled by default, but mpv (and some other players) ignore this
              for the sake of better audio quality.

       --ad-lavc-downmix=<yes|no>
              Whether  to request audio channel downmixing from the decoder (default: yes).  Some decoders, like
              AC-3, AAC and DTS, can remix audio on decoding. The requested number of  output  channels  is  set
              with the --audio-channels option.  Useful for playing surround audio on a stereo system.

       --ad-lavc-threads=<0-16>
              Number  of  threads to use for decoding. Whether threading is actually supported depends on codec.
              As of this writing, it's supported for some lossless codecs only. 0  means  autodetect  number  of
              cores on the machine and use that, up to the maximum of 16 (default: 1).

       --ad-lavc-o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass  AVOptions  to libavcodec decoder. Note, a patch to make the o= unneeded and pass all unknown
              options through the AVOption system is welcome. A full list of  AVOptions  can  be  found  in  the
              FFmpeg manual.

       --ad-spdif-dtshd=<yes|no>, --dtshd, --no-dtshd
              If DTS is passed through, use DTS-HD.

                 Warning

                        This   and   enabling   passthrough   via   --ad   are  deprecated  in  favor  of  using
                        --audio-spdif=dts-hd.

       --audio-channels=<number|layout>
              Request a channel layout for audio output (default: auto). This  will ask the AO to open a  device
              with  the  given channel layout. It's up to the AO to accept this layout, or to pick a fallback or
              to error out if the requested layout is not supported.

              The --audio-channels option either takes a channel number or an explicit channel  layout.  Channel
              numbers refer to default layouts, e.g. 2 channels refer to stereo, 6 refers to 5.1.

              See --audio-channels=help output for defined default layouts. This also lists speaker names, which
              can be used to express arbitrary channel layouts (e.g. fl-fr-lfe is 2.1).

              The default is --audio-channels=auto, which tries to play audio using  the  input  file's  channel
              layout.  (Or more precisely, the output of the audio filter chain.) (empty is an accepted obsolete
              alias for auto.)

              This will also request the channel layout from the decoder. If the decoder does  not  support  the
              layout, it will fall back to its native channel layout.  (You can use --ad-lavc-downmix=no to make
              the decoder always output its native layout.) Note that only some decoders support remixing audio.
              Some that do include AC-3, AAC or DTS audio.

              If  the  channel  layout  of  the  media file (i.e. the decoder) and the AO's channel layout don't
              match, mpv will attempt to insert a conversion filter.

                 Warning

                        Using auto can cause issues when using audio over HDMI. The OS will typically report all
                        channel  layouts that _can_ go over HDMI, even if the receiver does not support them. If
                        a receiver gets an unsupported  channel  layout,  random  things  can  happen,  such  as
                        dropping the additional channels, or adding noise.

       --audio-display=<no|attachment>
              Setting  this option to attachment (default) will display image attachments (e.g. album cover art)
              when playing audio files. It will display  the  first  image  found,  and  additional  images  are
              available as video tracks.

              Setting this option to no disables display of video entirely when playing audio files.

              This option has no influence on files with normal video tracks.

       --audio-file=<filename>
              Play  audio  from  an  external file while viewing a video. Each use of this option will add a new
              audio track. The details are similar to how --sub-file works.

       --audio-format=<format>
              Select the sample format used for output from the audio filter layer to the sound card. The values
              that <format> can adopt are listed below in the description of the format audio filter.

       --audio-samplerate=<Hz>
              Select  the  output  sample  rate  to  be used (of course sound cards have limits on this). If the
              sample frequency selected is different from that of the  current  media,  the  lavrresample  audio
              filter will be inserted into the audio filter layer to compensate for the difference.

       --gapless-audio=<no|yes|weak>
              Try  to  play  consecutive  audio files with no silence or disruption at the point of file change.
              Default: weak.

              no     Disable gapless audio.

              yes    The audio device is opened using parameters chosen according to the first file  played  and
                     is then kept open for gapless playback. This means that if the first file for example has a
                     low sample rate, then the following files may get resampled to the same  low  sample  rate,
                     resulting  in  reduced sound quality. If you play files with different parameters, consider
                     using options such as --audio-samplerate and --audio-format to explicitly select  what  the
                     shared output format will be.

              weak   Normally,  the  audio device is kept open (using the format it was first initialized with).
                     If the audio format the decoder output changes, the audio device is  closed  and  reopened.
                     This  means that you will normally get gapless audio with files that were encoded using the
                     same settings, but might not be gapless in other cases.  (Unlike with yes, you  don't  have
                     to  worry  about corner cases like the first file setting a very low quality output format,
                     and ruining the playback of higher quality files that follow.)

              NOTE:
                 This feature is implemented in a simple manner and relies on audio output device  buffering  to
                 continue  playback  while  moving  from one file to another. If playback of the new file starts
                 slowly, for example because it is played from a remote network location  or  because  you  have
                 specified  cache settings that require time for the initial cache fill, then the buffered audio
                 may run out before playback of the new file can start.

       --initial-audio-sync, --no-initial-audio-sync
              When starting a video file or after events such as seeking, mpv will by default modify  the  audio
              stream to make it start from the same timestamp as video, by either inserting silence at the start
              or cutting away the first samples. Disabling this option makes the player behave  like  older  mpv
              versions  did: video and audio are both started immediately even if their start timestamps differ,
              and then video timing is gradually adjusted if necessary to reach correct synchronization later.

       --softvol-max=<100.0-1000.0>
              Set the maximum amplification level in percent (default: 130). A value of 130 will  allow  you  to
              adjust the volume up to about double the normal level.

       --audio-file-auto=<no|exact|fuzzy|all>, --no-audio-file-auto
              Load  additional  audio  files  matching  the video filename. The parameter specifies how external
              audio files are matched. exact is enabled by default.

              no     Don't automatically load external audio files.

              exact  Load the media filename with audio file extension (default).

              fuzzy  Load all audio files containing media filename.

              all    Load all audio files in the current directory.

       --audio-client-name=<name>
              The application name the player reports to the audio API. Can be useful if you  want  to  force  a
              different  audio  profile  (e.g.  with PulseAudio), or to set your own application name when using
              libmpv.

       --volume-restore-data=<string>
              Used internally for use by playback resume (e.g. with quit_watch_later).  Restoring value  has  to
              be  done  carefully, because different AOs as well as softvol can have different value ranges, and
              we don't want to restore volume if setting the volume changes it system wide. The  normal  options
              (like --volume) would always set the volume. This option was added for restoring volume in a safer
              way (by storing the method used to set the volume), and is not generally useful. Its semantics are
              considered private to mpv.

              Do not use.

       --audio-buffer=<seconds>
              Set  the audio output minimum buffer. The audio device might actually create a larger buffer if it
              pleases. If the device creates a smaller buffer, additional audio is  buffered  in  an  additional
              software buffer.

              Making  this  larger  will  make  soft-volume and other filters react slower, introduce additional
              issues on playback speed change, and block the player on audio format changes.  A  smaller  buffer
              might lead to audio dropouts.

              This  option  should be used for testing only. If a non-default value helps significantly, the mpv
              developers should be contacted.

              Default: 0.2 (200 ms).

   Subtitles
       --no-sub
              Do not select any subtitle when the file is loaded.

       --sub-demuxer=<[+]name>
              Force  subtitle  demuxer  type  for  --sub-file.   Give   the   demuxer   name   as   printed   by
              --sub-demuxer=help.

       --sub-delay=<sec>
              Delays subtitles by <sec> seconds. Can be negative.

       --sub-file=subtitlefile
              Add a subtitle file to the list of external subtitles.

              If you use --sub-file only once, this subtitle file is displayed by default.

              If  --sub-file  is  used multiple times, the subtitle to use can be switched at runtime by cycling
              subtitle tracks. It's possible to show two subtitles at  once:  use  --sid  to  select  the  first
              subtitle  index,  and  --secondary-sid  to  select  the second index. (The index is printed on the
              terminal output after the --sid= in the list of streams.)

       --secondary-sid=<ID|auto|no>
              Select a secondary subtitle stream. This is similar to --sid. If a secondary subtitle is selected,
              it will be rendered as toptitle (i.e. on the top of the screen) alongside the normal subtitle, and
              provides a way to render two subtitles at once.

              There are some caveats associated with this feature. For example, bitmap subtitles will always  be
              rendered in their usual position, so selecting a bitmap subtitle as secondary subtitle will result
              in overlapping subtitles.  Secondary subtitles are  never  shown  on  the  terminal  if  video  is
              disabled.

              NOTE:
                 Styling  and  interpretation  of  any  formatting  tags is disabled for the secondary subtitle.
                 Internally, the same mechanism as --no-sub-ass is used to strip the styling.

              NOTE:
                 If the main subtitle stream contains formatting tags which display the subtitle at the  top  of
                 the  screen,  it  will  overlap  with  the  secondary  subtitle. To prevent this, you could use
                 --no-sub-ass to disable styling in the main subtitle stream.

       --sub-scale=<0-100>
              Factor for the text subtitle font size (default: 1).

              NOTE:
                 This affects ASS subtitles as well, and may lead to  incorrect  subtitle  rendering.  Use  with
                 care, or use --sub-text-font-size instead.

       --sub-scale-by-window=<yes|no>
              Whether  to scale subtitles with the window size (default: yes). If this is disabled, changing the
              window size won't change the subtitle font size.

              Like --sub-scale, this can break ASS subtitles.

       --sub-scale-with-window=<yes|no>
              Make the subtitle font size relative to the window, instead of the video.  This is useful  if  you
              always  want  the  same font size, even if the video doesn't covert the window fully, e.g. because
              screen aspect and window aspect mismatch (and the player adds black bars).

              Default: yes.

              This  option  is  misnamed.  The  difference  to   the   confusingly   similar   sounding   option
              --sub-scale-by-window  is  that  --sub-scale-with-window  still scales with the approximate window
              size, while the other option disables this scaling.

              Affects plain text subtitles only (or ASS if --ass-style-override is set high enough).

       --ass-scale-with-window=<yes|no>
              Like --sub-scale-with-window, but affects subtitles in ASS format only.   Like  --sub-scale,  this
              can break ASS subtitles.

              Default: no.

       --embeddedfonts, --no-embeddedfonts
              Use fonts embedded in Matroska container files and ASS scripts (default: enabled). These fonts can
              be used for SSA/ASS subtitle rendering.

       --sub-pos=<0-100>
              Specify the position of subtitles on the screen.  The  value  is  the  vertical  position  of  the
              subtitle in % of the screen height.

              NOTE:
                 This  affects  ASS  subtitles  as  well, and may lead to incorrect subtitle rendering. Use with
                 care, or use --sub-text-margin-y instead.

       --sub-speed=<0.1-10.0>
              Multiply the subtitle event timestamps with the given value. Can be used to fix the playback speed
              for frame-based subtitle formats. Affects text subtitles only.

                 Example

                        --sub-speed=25/23.976`  plays  frame  based  subtitles which have been loaded assuming a
                        framerate of 23.976 at 25 FPS.

       --ass-force-style=<[Style.]Param=Value[,...]>
              Override some style or script info parameters.

                 Examples

                 • --ass-force-style=FontName=Arial,Default.Bold=1--ass-force-style=PlayResY=768

              NOTE:
                 Using this option may lead to incorrect subtitle rendering.

       --ass-hinting=<none|light|normal|native>
              Set font hinting type. <type> can be:

              none   no hinting (default)

              light  FreeType autohinter, light mode

              normal FreeType autohinter, normal mode

              native font native hinter

                 Warning

                        Enabling hinting can lead to mispositioned text (in situations it's supposed to match up
                        with  video background), or reduce the smoothness of animations with some badly authored
                        ASS scripts. It is recommended to not use this option, unless really needed.

       --ass-line-spacing=<value>
              Set line spacing value for SSA/ASS renderer.

       --ass-shaper=<simple|complex>
              Set the text layout engine used by libass.

              simple uses Fribidi only, fast, doesn't render some languages correctly

              complex
                     uses HarfBuzz, slower, wider language support

              complex is the default. If libass hasn't been compiled against HarfBuzz, libass  silently  reverts
              to simple.

       --ass-styles=<filename>
              Load all SSA/ASS styles found in the specified file and use them for rendering text subtitles. The
              syntax of the file is exactly like the [V4 Styles] / [V4+ Styles] section of SSA/ASS.

              NOTE:
                 Using this option may lead to incorrect subtitle rendering.

       --ass-style-override=<yes|no|force>
              Control whether user style overrides should be applied.

              yes    Apply all the --ass-* style override options. Changing the default for any of these options
                     can lead to incorrect subtitle rendering (default).

              signfs like yes, but apply --sub-scale only to signs

              no     Render subtitles as forced by subtitle scripts.

              force  Try  to  force  the  font style as defined by the --sub-text-* options. Can break rendering
                     easily.

       --ass-force-margins
              Enables placing toptitles and subtitles in black borders when they are available, if the subtitles
              are in the ASS format.

              Default: no.

       --sub-use-margins
              Enables placing toptitles and subtitles in black borders when they are available, if the subtitles
              are in a plain text format  (or ASS if --ass-style-override is set high enough).

              Default: yes.

              Renamed from --ass-use-margins. To place ASS subtitles in the borders too  (like  the  old  option
              did), also add --ass-force-margins.

       --ass-vsfilter-aspect-compat=<yes|no>
              Stretch  SSA/ASS  subtitles  when  playing  anamorphic  videos  for compatibility with traditional
              VSFilter behavior. This switch has no effect when the video is stored with square pixels.

              The renderer historically most commonly used for  the  SSA/ASS  subtitle  formats,  VSFilter,  had
              questionable  behavior  that  resulted in subtitles being stretched too if the video was stored in
              anamorphic format that required scaling for display.  This behavior  is  usually  undesirable  and
              newer  VSFilter versions may behave differently. However, many existing scripts compensate for the
              stretching by modifying things in the opposite direction.  Thus, if  such  scripts  are  displayed
              "correctly",  they will not appear as intended.  This switch enables emulation of the old VSFilter
              behavior (undesirable but expected by many existing scripts).

              Enabled by default.

       --ass-vsfilter-blur-compat=<yes|no>
              Scale \blur tags by video resolution instead of script resolution (enabled by  default).  This  is
              bug in VSFilter, which according to some, can't be fixed anymore in the name of compatibility.

              Note  that this uses the actual video resolution for calculating the offset scale factor, not what
              the video filter chain or the video output use.

       --ass-vsfilter-color-compat=<basic|full|force-601|no>
              Mangle colors like (xy-)vsfilter do (default: basic). Historically, VSFilter was not  color  space
              aware.  This  was  no  problem as long as the color space used for SD video (BT.601) was used. But
              when everything switched to HD (BT.709), VSFilter was  still  converting  RGB  colors  to  BT.601,
              rendered  them  into  the  video frame, and handled the frame to the video output, which would use
              BT.709 for conversion to RGB. The result were mangled subtitle colors. Later on,  bad  hacks  were
              added on top of the ASS format to control how colors are to be mangled.

              basic  Handle  only  BT.601->BT.709  mangling,  if  the  subtitles  seem  to indicate that this is
                     required (default).

              full   Handle the full YCbCr Matrix header with all video color spaces  supported  by  libass  and
                     mpv.  This  might  lead  to  bad  breakages  in corner cases and is not strictly needed for
                     compatibility (hopefully), which is why this is not default.

              force-601
                     Force BT.601->BT.709 mangling, regardless of subtitle headers or video color space.

              no     Disable color mangling completely. All colors are RGB.

              Choosing anything other than no will make the subtitle color depend on the video color space,  and
              it's  for  example  in theory not possible to reuse a subtitle script with another video file. The
              --ass-style-override option doesn't affect how this option is interpreted.

       --stretch-dvd-subs=<yes|no>
              Stretch DVD subtitles when playing anamorphic videos for better looking fonts  on  badly  mastered
              DVDs.  This switch has no effect when the video is stored with square pixels - which for DVD input
              cannot be the case though.

              Many studios tend to use bitmap fonts designed for square pixels when authoring DVDs, causing  the
              fonts  to  look stretched on playback on DVD players. This option fixes them, however at the price
              of possibly misaligning some subtitles (e.g. sign translations).

              Disabled by default.

       --stretch-image-subs-to-screen=<yes|no>
              Stretch DVD and other image subtitles to the screen,  ignoring  the  video  margins.  This  has  a
              similar  effect  as  --sub-use-margins  for  text  subtitles,  except that the text itself will be
              stretched, not only just repositioned. (At least in general it is unavoidable, as an image  bitmap
              can  in  theory  consist  of  a single bitmap covering the whole screen, and the player won't know
              where exactly the text parts are located.)

              This option does not display subtitles correctly. Use with care.

              Disabled by default.

       --sub-ass, --no-sub-ass
              Render ASS subtitles natively (enabled by default).

              If --no-sub-ass is specified, all tags and style declarations are stripped and ignored on display.
              The subtitle renderer uses the font style as specified by the --sub-text- options instead.

              NOTE:
                 Using  --no-sub-ass  may lead to incorrect or completely broken rendering of ASS/SSA subtitles.
                 It can sometimes be useful to forcibly override the styling of ASS  subtitles,  but  should  be
                 avoided in general.

              NOTE:
                 Try using --ass-style-override=force instead.

       --sub-auto=<no|exact|fuzzy|all>, --no-sub-auto
              Load  additional  subtitle files matching the video filename. The parameter specifies how external
              subtitle files are matched. exact is enabled by default.

              no     Don't automatically load external subtitle files.

              exact  Load the media filename with subtitle file extension (default).

              fuzzy  Load all subs containing media filename.

              all    Load all subs in the current and --sub-paths directories.

       --sub-codepage=<codepage>
              If your system supports iconv(3), you can use this option to specify  the  subtitle  codepage.  By
              default,  uchardet  will  be used to guess the charset. If mpv is not compiled with uchardet, enca
              will be used.  If mpv is compiled with  neither  uchardet  nor  enca,  UTF-8:UTF-8-BROKEN  is  the
              default,  which  means  it  will try to use UTF-8, otherwise the UTF-8-BROKEN pseudo codepage (see
              below).

              The default value for this option is  auto,  whose  actual  effect  depends  on  whether  ENCA  is
              compiled.

                 Warning

                        If  you  force  the  charset, even subtitles that are known to be UTF-8 will be recoded,
                        which is perhaps not what you expect. Prefix  codepages  with  utf8:  if  you  want  the
                        codepage to be used only if the input is not valid UTF-8.

                 Examples

                 • --sub-codepage=utf8:latin2 Use Latin 2 if input is not UTF-8.

                 • --sub-codepage=cp1250 Always force recoding to cp1250.

              The  pseudo  codepage  UTF-8-BROKEN  is  used  internally.  When it is the codepage, subtitles are
              interpreted as UTF-8 with "Latin 1" as fallback for bytes which are  not  valid  UTF-8  sequences.
              iconv is never involved in this mode.

              If the player was compiled with ENCA support, you can control it with the following syntax:

              --sub-codepage=enca:<language>:<fallback codepage>

              Language  is  specified using a two letter code to help ENCA detect the codepage automatically. If
              an invalid language code is entered, mpv will complain and list valid  languages.   (Note  however
              that  this list will only be printed when the conversion code is actually called, for example when
              loading an external subtitle). The fallback codepage  is  used  if  autodetection  fails.   If  no
              fallback is specified, UTF-8-BROKEN is used.

                 Examples

                 • --sub-codepage=enca:pl:cp1250  guess  the  encoding,  assuming the subtitles are Polish, fall
                   back on cp1250

                 • --sub-codepage=enca:pl guess the encoding for Polish, fall back on UTF-8.

                 • --sub-codepage=enca try universal detection, fall back on UTF-8.

              If the player was compiled with libguess support, you can use it with:

              --sub-codepage=guess:<language>:<fallback codepage>

              libguess   always   needs   a   language.   There   is   no   universal   detection   mode.    Use
              --sub-codepage=guess:help  to  get  a  list  of  languages subject to the same caveat as with ENCA
              above.

              If the player was compiled with uchardet support you can use it with:

              --sub-codepage=uchardet

              This mode doesn't take language or fallback codepage.

       --sub-fix-timing, --no-sub-fix-timing
              By default, subtitle timing is adjusted to remove minor gaps or overlaps between subtitles (if the
              difference is smaller than 210 ms, the gap or overlap is removed).

       --sub-forced-only
              Display only forced subtitles for the DVD subtitle stream selected by e.g.  --slang.

       --sub-fps=<rate>
              Specify the framerate of the subtitle file (default: video fps). Affects text subtitles only.

              NOTE:
                 <rate>  >  video fps speeds the subtitles up for frame-based subtitle files and slows them down
                 for time-based ones.

              Also see --sub-speed option.

       --sub-gauss=<0.0-3.0>
              Apply Gaussian blur to image subtitles (default: 0). This can help  making  pixelated  DVD/Vobsubs
              look nicer. A value other than 0 also switches to software subtitle scaling. Might be slow.

              NOTE:
                 Never applied to text subtitles.

       --sub-gray
              Convert image subtitles to grayscale. Can help making yellow DVD/Vobsubs look nicer.

              NOTE:
                 Never applied to text subtitles.

       --sub-paths=<path1:path2:...>
              Specify extra directories to search for subtitles matching the video.  Multiple directories can be
              separated by ":" (";" on Windows).   Paths  can  be  relative  or  absolute.  Relative  paths  are
              interpreted relative to video file directory.

                 Example

                        Assuming that /path/to/video/video.avi is played and --sub-paths=sub:subtitles:/tmp/subs
                        is specified, mpv searches for subtitle files in these directories:

                 • /path/to/video//path/to/video/sub//path/to/video/subtitles//tmp/subs/

                 • the sub configuration subdirectory (usually ~/.config/mpv/sub/)

       --sub-visibility, --no-sub-visibility
              Can be used to disable display of subtitles, but still select and decode them.

       --sub-clear-on-seek
              (Obscure, rarely useful.) Can be used to play broken mkv files with  duplicate  ReadOrder  fields.
              ReadOrder  is  the  first field in a Matroska-style ASS subtitle packets. It should be unique, and
              libass uses it for fast elimination of duplicates.  This  option  disables  caching  of  subtitles
              across  seeks,  so after a seek libass can't eliminate subtitle packets with the same ReadOrder as
              earlier packets.

   Window
       --title=<string>
              Set the window title. This is used for the video window, and if  possible,  also  sets  the  audio
              stream title.

              Properties are expanded. (See Property Expansion.)

              WARNING:
                 There  is  a  danger  of  this causing significant CPU usage, depending on the properties used.
                 Changing the window title is often a slow operation, and if  the  title  changes  every  frame,
                 playback can be ruined.

       --screen=<default|0-32>
              In  multi-monitor configurations (i.e. a single desktop that spans across multiple displays), this
              option tells mpv which screen to display the video on.

                 Note (X11)

                        This option does not work properly with all window managers. In these cases, you can try
                        to  use --geometry to position the window explicitly. It's also possible that the window
                        manager provides native features to control which  screens  application  windows  should
                        use.

              See also --fs-screen.

       --fullscreen, --fs
              Fullscreen playback.

       --fs-screen=<all|current|0-32>
              In  multi-monitor configurations (i.e. a single desktop that spans across multiple displays), this
              option tells mpv which screen to go fullscreen to.  If default is provided mpv  will  fallback  on
              using the behavior depending on what the user provided with the screen option.

                 Note (X11)

                        This  option  does  works  properly  only with window managers which understand the EWMH
                        _NET_WM_FULLSCREEN_MONITORS hint.

                 Note (OS X)

                        all does not work on OS X and will behave like current.

              See also --screen.

       --fs-black-out-screens
          OS X only. Black out other displays when going fullscreen.

       --keep-open=<yes|no|always>
              Do not terminate when playing or seeking beyond the end of the file, and there is not next file to
              be  played (and --loop is not used).  Instead, pause the player. When trying to seek beyond end of
              the file, the player will attempt to seek to the last frame.

              The following arguments can be given:

              no     If the current file ends, go to the next file or terminate.  (Default.)

              yes    Don't terminate if the current file is the last playlist entry.  Equivalent to  --keep-open
                     without arguments.

              always Like  yes,  but  also  applies to files before the last playlist entry. This means playback
                     will never automatically advance to the next file.

              NOTE:
                 This option is not respected when using --frames. Explicitly skipping to the next file  if  the
                 binding uses force will terminate playback as well.

                 Also, if errors or unusual circumstances happen, the player can quit anyway.

              Since  mpv  0.6.0,  this doesn't pause if there is a next file in the playlist, or the playlist is
              looped. Approximately, this will pause when the player would normally exit, but in practice  there
              are  corner cases in which this is not the case (e.g. mpv --keep-open file.mkv /dev/null will play
              file.mkv normally, then fail to open /dev/null, then exit). (In mpv 0.8.0, always was  introduced,
              which restores the old behavior.)

       --force-window=<yes|no|immediate>
              Create  a  video  output window even if there is no video. This can be useful when pretending that
              mpv is a GUI application. Currently, the window always has the size 640x480,  and  is  subject  to
              --geometry, --autofit, and similar options.

              WARNING:
                 The  window  is  created only after initialization (to make sure default window placement still
                 works if the video size is different from the --force-window default window size). This can  be
                 a  problem if initialization doesn't work perfectly, such as when opening URLs with bad network
                 connection, or opening broken video files. The immediate mode can be used to create the  window
                 always on program start, but this may cause other issues.

       --ontop
              Makes the player window stay on top of other windows.

              On  Windows,  if  combined  with  fullscreen  mode,  this  causes  mpv  to be treated as exclusive
              fullscreen window that bypasses the Desktop Window Manager.

       --border, --no-border
              Play video with window border and decorations. Since this is on by  default,  use  --no-border  to
              disable the standard window decorations.

       --on-all-workspaces
              (X11 only) Show the video window on all virtual desktops.

       --geometry=<[W[xH]][+-x+-y]>, --geometry=<x:y>
              Adjust the initial window position or size. W and H set the window size in pixels. x and y set the
              window position, measured in pixels from the top-left corner of the screen to the top-left  corner
              of  the  image being displayed. If a percentage sign (%) is given after the argument, it turns the
              value into a percentage of the screen size in that direction.  Positions are specified similar  to
              the  standard  X11  --geometry option format, in which e.g. +10-50 means "place 10 pixels from the
              left border and 50 pixels from the lower border" and "--20+-10" means "place 20 pixels beyond  the
              right and 10 pixels beyond the top border".

              If an external window is specified using the --wid option, this option is ignored.

              The  coordinates  are relative to the screen given with --screen for the video output drivers that
              fully support --screen.

              NOTE:
                 Generally only supported by GUI VOs. Ignored for encoding.

                 Note (X11)

                        This option does not work properly with all window managers.

                 Examples

                 50:40  Places the window at x=50, y=40.

                 50%:50%
                        Places the window in the middle of the screen.

                 100%:100%
                        Places the window at the bottom right corner of the screen.

                 50%    Sets the window width to half the screen width. Window height is set so that the  window
                        has the video aspect ratio.

                 50%x50%
                        Forces  the window width and height to half the screen width and height. Will show black
                        borders  to  compensate  for  the  video  aspect  ration  (with  most  VOs  and  without
                        --no-keepaspect).

                 50%+10+10
                        Sets  the window to half the screen widths, and positions it 10 pixels below/left of the
                        top left corner of the screen.

              See also --autofit and --autofit-larger for fitting the window into a given size without  changing
              aspect ratio.

       --autofit=<[W[xH]]>
              Set  the  initial  window  size  to a maximum size specified by WxH, without changing the window's
              aspect ratio. The size is measured in pixels, or if a number is followed by a percentage sign (%),
              in percents of the screen size.

              This  option  never  changes  the  aspect ratio of the window. If the aspect ratio mismatches, the
              window's size is reduced until it fits into the specified size.

              Window position is not taken into account, nor is it modified by this option (the  window  manager
              still  may  place  the  window differently depending on size). Use --geometry to change the window
              position. Its effects are applied after this option.

              See --geometry for details how this is handled with multi-monitor setups.

              Use --autofit-larger instead if you just want to limit the maximum size of the window, rather than
              always forcing a window size.

              Use --geometry if you want to force both window width and height to a specific size.

              NOTE:
                 Generally only supported by GUI VOs. Ignored for encoding.

                 Examples

                 70%    Make the window width 70% of the screen size, keeping aspect ratio.

                 1000   Set the window width to 1000 pixels, keeping aspect ratio.

                 70%:60%
                        Make  the window as large as possible, without being wider than 70% of the screen width,
                        or higher than 60% of the screen height.

       --autofit-larger=<[W[xH]]>
              This option behaves exactly like --autofit, except the window size is only changed if  the  window
              would be larger than the specified size.

                 Example

                 90%x80%
                        If  the  video  is larger than 90% of the screen width or 80% of the screen height, make
                        the window smaller until either its width is 90% of the screen, or its height is 80%  of
                        the screen.

       --autofit-smaller=<[W[xH]]>
              This  option  behaves  exactly  like --autofit, except that it sets the minimum size of the window
              (just as --autofit-larger sets the maximum).

                 Example

                 500x500
                        Make the window at least 500 pixels wide and 500 pixels high  (depending  on  the  video
                        aspect  ratio,  the  width or height will be larger than 500 in order to keep the aspect
                        ratio the same).

       --window-scale=<factor>
              Resize the video window to a multiple (or fraction) of the video  size.  This  option  is  applied
              before --autofit and other options are applied (so they override this option).

              For example, --window-scale=0.5 would show the window at half the video size.

       --cursor-autohide=<number|no|always>
              Make  mouse  cursor automatically hide after given number of milliseconds.  no will disable cursor
              autohide. always means the cursor will stay hidden.

       --cursor-autohide-fs-only
              If this option is given, the cursor is always visible in windowed mode. In  fullscreen  mode,  the
              cursor is shown or hidden according to --cursor-autohide.

       --no-fixed-vo, --fixed-vo
              --no-fixed-vo   enforces   closing  and  reopening  the  video  window  for  multiple  files  (one
              (un)initialization for each file).

       --force-rgba-osd-rendering
              Change how some video outputs render the OSD and text subtitles. This does not  change  appearance
              of the subtitles and only has performance implications. For VOs which support native ASS rendering
              (like vdpau, opengl, direct3d), this can be slightly faster or slower, depending  on  GPU  drivers
              and hardware. For other VOs, this just makes rendering slower.

       --force-window-position
              Forcefully  move mpv's video output window to default location whenever there is a change in video
              parameters, video stream or file. This used to be the default behavior. Currently only affects X11
              VOs.

       --heartbeat-cmd=<command>
              Command that is executed every 30 seconds during playback via system() - i.e. using the shell. The
              time between the commands can be customized with the --heartbeat-interval option. The  command  is
              not run while playback is paused.

              NOTE:
                 mpv  uses  this  command  without any checking. It is your responsibility to ensure it does not
                 cause security problems (e.g. make sure to use full paths if  "."  is  in  your  path  like  on
                 Windows).  It  also  only  works  when  playing  video (i.e. not with --no-video but works with
                 -vo=null).

              This can be "misused" to disable screensavers that do not support  the  proper  X  API  (see  also
              --stop-screensaver).  If  you  think  this  is  too complicated, ask the author of the screensaver
              program to support the proper X APIs. Note that the  --stop-screensaver  does  not  influence  the
              heartbeat code at all.

                 Example for xscreensaver

                        mpv --heartbeat-cmd="xscreensaver-command -deactivate" file

                 Example for GNOME screensaver

                        mpv --heartbeat-cmd="gnome-screensaver-command -p" file

       --heartbeat-interval=<sec>
              Time between --heartbeat-cmd invocations in seconds (default: 30).

              NOTE:
                 This does not affect the normal screensaver operation in any way.

       --no-keepaspect, --keepaspect
              --no-keepaspect  will always stretch the video to window size, and will disable the window manager
              hints that force the window aspect ratio.  (Ignored in fullscreen mode.)

       --no-keepaspect-window, --keepaspect-window
              --keepaspect-window  (the  default)  will  lock   the   window   size   to   the   video   aspect.
              --no-keepaspect-window  disables  this  behavior, and will instead add black bars if window aspect
              and video aspect mismatch. Whether this actually works depends on the  VO  backend.   (Ignored  in
              fullscreen mode.)

       --monitoraspect=<ratio>
              Set  the aspect ratio of your monitor or TV screen. A value of 0 disables a previous setting (e.g.
              in the config file). Overrides the --monitorpixelaspect setting if enabled.

              See also --monitorpixelaspect and --video-aspect.

                 Examples

                 • --monitoraspect=4:3  or --monitoraspect=1.3333--monitoraspect=16:9 or --monitoraspect=1.7777

       --monitorpixelaspect=<ratio>
              Set the aspect of a single pixel of your monitor or TV screen (default: 1). A  value  of  1  means
              square pixels (correct for (almost?) all LCDs). See also --monitoraspect and --video-aspect.

       --stop-screensaver, --no-stop-screensaver
              Turns  off  the  screensaver (or screen blanker and similar mechanisms) at startup and turns it on
              again on exit (default: yes). The screensaver is always re-enabled when the player is paused.

              This is not supported on all video outputs or platforms. Sometimes it is implemented, but does not
              work  (happens  often  on  GNOME).  You might be able to to work this around using --heartbeat-cmd
              instead.

       --wid=<ID>
              This tells mpv to attach to an existing window. If a VO is selected that supports this option,  it
              will  use  that  window for video output. mpv will scale the video to the size of this window, and
              will add black bars to compensate if the aspect ratio of the video is different.

              On X11, the ID is interpreted as a Window on X11. Unlike MPlayer/mplayer2, mpv always creates  its
              own  window,  and  sets  the  wid window as parent. The window will always be resized to cover the
              parent window fully. The value 0 is interpreted specially, and mpv will draw directly on the  root
              window.

              On  win32,  the  ID is interpreted as HWND. Pass it as value cast to intptr_t. mpv will create its
              own window, and set the wid window as parent, like with X11.

              On OSX/Cocoa, the ID is interpreted as NSView*. Pass it  as  value  cast  to  intptr_t.  mpv  will
              creates its own sub-view. Because OSX does not support window embedding of foreign processes, this
              works only with libmpv, and will crash when used from the command line.

       --no-window-dragging
              Don't move the window when clicking on it and moving the mouse pointer.

       --x11-name
              Set the window class name for X11-based video output methods.

       --x11-netwm=<yes|no|auto>
              (X11 only) Control the use of NetWM protocol features.

              This may or may not help with broken window managers. This provides some  functionality  that  was
              implemented  by  the  now removed --fstype option.  Actually, it is not known to the developers to
              which degree this option was needed, so feedback is welcome.

              Specifically, yes will force use of NetWM fullscreen support, even if not advertised  by  the  WM.
              This  can  be  useful  for WMs that are broken on purpose, like XMonad. (XMonad supposedly doesn't
              advertise fullscreen support, because Flash uses it. Apparently, applications which  want  to  use
              fullscreen  anyway are supposed to either ignore the NetWM support hints, or provide a workaround.
              Shame on XMonad for deliberately breaking X protocols (as if X isn't bad enough already).

              By default, NetWM support is autodetected (auto).

              This option might be removed in the future.

       --x11-bypass-compositor=<yes|no>
              If set to yes (default), then ask the compositor to unredirect  the  mpv  window.  This  uses  the
              _NET_WM_BYPASS_COMPOSITOR hint.

   Disc Devices
       --cdrom-device=<path>
              Specify the CD-ROM device (default: /dev/cdrom).

       --dvd-device=<path>
              Specify the DVD device or .iso filename (default: /dev/dvd). You can also specify a directory that
              contains files previously copied directly from a DVD (with e.g. vobcopy).

                 Example

                        mpv dvd:// --dvd-device=/path/to/dvd/

       --bluray-device=<path>
              (Blu-ray only) Specify the Blu-ray disc location. Must be a directory with Blu-ray structure.

                 Example

                        mpv bd:// --bluray-device=/path/to/bd/

       --bluray-angle=<ID>
              Some Blu-ray discs contain scenes that can be viewed from multiple angles.  This option tells  mpv
              which angle to use (default: 1).

       --cdda-...
              These options can be used to tune the CD Audio reading feature of mpv.

       --cdda-speed=<value>
              Set CD spin speed.

       --cdda-paranoia=<0-2>
              Set paranoia level. Values other than 0 seem to break playback of anything but the first track.

              0      disable checking (default)

              1      overlap checking only

              2      full data correction and verification

       --cdda-sector-size=<value>
              Set atomic read size.

       --cdda-overlap=<value>
              Force minimum overlap search during verification to <value> sectors.

       --cdda-toc-bias
              Assume  that  the  beginning  offset of track 1 as reported in the TOC will be addressed as LBA 0.
              Some discs need this for getting track boundaries correctly.

       --cdda-toc-offset=<value>
              Add <value> sectors to the values reported when addressing tracks.  May be negative.

       --cdda-skip=<yes|no>
              (Never) accept imperfect data reconstruction.

       --cdda-cdtext=<yes|no>
              Print CD text. This is disabled by default, because it ruins performance with  CD-ROM  drives  for
              unknown reasons.

       --dvd-speed=<speed>
              Try  to  limit  DVD speed (default: 0, no change). DVD base speed is 1385 kB/s, so an 8x drive can
              read at speeds up to 11080 kB/s. Slower speeds make the drive more quiet. For watching DVDs,  2700
              kB/s  should  be  quiet and fast enough. mpv resets the speed to the drive default value on close.
              Values of at least 100 mean speed in kB/s. Values less than 100 mean multiples of 1385 kB/s,  i.e.
              --dvd-speed=8 selects 11080 kB/s.

              NOTE:
                 You need write access to the DVD device to change the speed.

       --dvd-angle=<ID>
              Some  DVDs  contain  scenes  that can be viewed from multiple angles.  This option tells mpv which
              angle to use (default: 1).

   Equalizer
       --brightness=<-100-100>
              Adjust the brightness of the video signal (default: 0). Not supported by all video output drivers.

       --contrast=<-100-100>
              Adjust the contrast of the video signal (default: 0). Not supported by all video output drivers.

       --saturation=<-100-100>
              Adjust the saturation of the video signal (default: 0). You can get  grayscale  output  with  this
              option. Not supported by all video output drivers.

       --gamma=<-100-100>
              Adjust the gamma of the video signal (default: 0). Not supported by all video output drivers.

       --hue=<-100-100>
              Adjust  the hue of the video signal (default: 0). You can get a colored negative of the image with
              this option. Not supported by all video output drivers.

   Demuxer
       --demuxer=<[+]name>
              Force demuxer type. Use a '+' before the name to force it; this will skip some  checks.  Give  the
              demuxer name as printed by --demuxer=help.

       --demuxer-lavf-analyzeduration=<value>
              Maximum length in seconds to analyze the stream properties.

       --demuxer-lavf-probescore=<1-100>
              Minimum  required libavformat probe score. Lower values will require less data to be loaded (makes
              streams start faster), but makes file format  detection  less  reliable.  Can  be  used  to  force
              auto-detected  libavformat  demuxers,  even  if  libavformat  considers the detection not reliable
              enough. (Default: 26.)

       --demuxer-lavf-allow-mimetype=<yes|no>
              Allow deriving the format from the HTTP MIME type (default: yes). Set this to no in  case  playing
              things from HTTP mysteriously fails, even though the same files work from local disk.

              This is default in order to reduce latency when opening HTTP streams.

       --demuxer-lavf-format=<name>
              Force a specific libavformat demuxer.

       --demuxer-lavf-hacks=<yes|no>
              By default, some formats will be handled differently from other formats by explicitly checking for
              them. Most of these compensate for weird or imperfect behavior from libavformat demuxers.  Passing
              no disables these. For debugging and testing only.

       --demuxer-lavf-genpts-mode=<no|lavf>
              Mode  for  deriving  missing  packet PTS values from packet DTS. lavf enables libavformat's genpts
              option. no disables it. This used to be enabled by default, but then it was deemed as  not  needed
              anymore.  Enabling this might help with timestamp problems, or make them worse.

       --demuxer-lavf-o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass AVOptions to libavformat demuxer.

              Note,  a patch to make the o= unneeded and pass all unknown options through the AVOption system is
              welcome. A full list of AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg manual. Note that  some  options  may
              conflict with mpv options.

                 Example

                        --demuxer-lavf-o=fflags=+ignidx

       --demuxer-lavf-probesize=<value>
              Maximum  amount  of  data  to  probe during the detection phase. In the case of MPEG-TS this value
              identifies the maximum number of TS packets to scan.

       --demuxer-lavf-buffersize=<value>
              Size of the stream read buffer allocated for libavformat in bytes (default: 32768).  Lowering  the
              size  could  lower  latency.  Note that libavformat might reallocate the buffer internally, or not
              fully use all of it.

       --demuxer-lavf-cryptokey=<hexstring>
              Encryption key the demuxer should use. This is the raw binary data  of  the  key  converted  to  a
              hexadecimal string.

       --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll, --mkv-subtitle-preroll
              Try  harder  to  show embedded soft subtitles when seeking somewhere. Normally, it can happen that
              the subtitle at the seek target is not shown due to how some container file formats are  designed.
              The  subtitles  appear only if seeking before or exactly to the position a subtitle first appears.
              To make this worse, subtitles are often timed to appear a very small amount before the  associated
              video  frame,  so  that  seeking  to the video frame typically does not demux the subtitle at that
              position.

              Enabling this option makes the demuxer start reading data a bit before the seek  target,  so  that
              subtitles  appear  correctly. Note that this makes seeking slower, and is not guaranteed to always
              work. It only works if the subtitle is close enough to the seek target.

              Works with the internal Matroska demuxer only. Always enabled for absolute and hr-seeks, and  this
              option changes behavior with relative or imprecise seeks only.

              You  can  use  the --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll-secs option to specify how much data the demuxer
              should pre-read at most in order to find subtitle packets that may overlap. Setting this to 0 will
              effectively disable this preroll mechanism. Setting a very large value can make seeking very slow,
              and an extremely large value would completely reread the entire file from start to seek target  on
              every seek - seeking can become slower towards the end of the file. The details are messy, and the
              value is actually rounded down to the cluster with the previous video keyframe.

              Some files, especially files muxed with newer mkvmerge versions, have  information  embedded  that
              can  be  used  to  determine what subtitle packets overlap with a seek target. In these cases, mpv
              will reduce the amount of data read to a minimum. (Although it will still read  all  data  between
              the cluster that contains the first wanted subtitle packet, and the seek target.)

              See  also  --hr-seek-demuxer-offset  option. This option can achieve a similar effect, but only if
              hr-seek is active. It works with any demuxer, but makes seeking much slower, as it has  to  decode
              audio and video data instead of just skipping over it.

              --mkv-subtitle-preroll is a deprecated alias.

       --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll-secs=<value>
              See --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll.

       --demuxer-mkv-probe-video-duration=<yes|no|full>
              When  opening the file, seek to the end of it, and check what timestamp the last video packet has,
              and report that as file duration. This is strictly for compatibility  with  Haali  only.  In  this
              mode,  it's  possible  that  opening  will  be slower (especially when playing over http), or that
              behavior with broken files is much worse. So don't use this option.

              The yes mode merely uses the index and reads a small number of blocks from the end  of  the  file.
              The  full mode actually traverses the entire file and can make a reliable estimate even without an
              index present (such as partial files).

       --demuxer-rawaudio-channels=<value>
              Number of channels (or channel layout) if --demuxer=rawaudio is used (default: stereo).

       --demuxer-rawaudio-format=<value>
              Sample format for --demuxer=rawaudio (default: s16le).  Use --demuxer-rawaudio-format=help to  get
              a list of all formats.

       --demuxer-rawaudio-rate=<value>
              Sample rate for --demuxer=rawaudio (default: 44 kHz).

       --demuxer-rawvideo-fps=<value>
              Rate in frames per second for --demuxer=rawvideo (default: 25.0).

       --demuxer-rawvideo-w=<value>, --demuxer-rawvideo-h=<value>
              Image dimension in pixels for --demuxer=rawvideo.

                 Example

                        Play a raw YUV sample:

                     mpv sample-720x576.yuv --demuxer=rawvideo \
                     --demuxer-rawvideo-w=720 --demuxer-rawvideo-h=576

       --demuxer-rawvideo-format=<value>
              Color space (fourcc) in hex or string for --demuxer=rawvideo (default: YV12).

       --demuxer-rawvideo-mp-format=<value>
              Color space by internal video format for --demuxer=rawvideo. Use --demuxer-rawvideo-mp-format=help
              for a list of possible formats.

       --demuxer-rawvideo-codec=<value>
              Set the video codec instead of selecting the rawvideo codec when  using  --demuxer=rawvideo.  This
              uses the same values as codec names in --vd (but it does not accept decoder names).

       --demuxer-rawvideo-size=<value>
              Frame size in bytes when using --demuxer=rawvideo.

       --demuxer-max-packets=<packets>, --demuxer-max-bytes=<bytes>
              This  controls  how  much the demuxer is allowed to buffer ahead. The demuxer will normally try to
              read ahead as much as necessary, or  as  much  is  requested  with  --demuxer-readahead-secs.  The
              --demuxer-max-...   options  can  be used to restrict the maximum readahead. This limits excessive
              readahead in case of broken files or desynced playback. The demuxer will stop  reading  additional
              packets  as  soon  as one of the limits is reached.  (The limits still can be slightly overstepped
              due to technical reasons.)

              Set these limits highher if you get a packet queue overflow warning, and you think normal playback
              would be possible with a larger packet queue.

              See --list-options for defaults and value range.

       --demuxer-thread=<yes|no>
              Run  the  demuxer  in a separate thread, and let it prefetch a certain amount of packets (default:
              yes). Having this enabled may lead to smoother playback, but on the other hand can add  delays  to
              seeking or track switching.

       --demuxer-readahead-secs=<seconds>
              If  --demuxer-thread is enabled, this controls how much the demuxer should buffer ahead in seconds
              (default: 1). As long as no packet has a timestamp difference higher  than  the  readahead  amount
              relative to the last packet returned to the decoder, the demuxer keeps reading.

              Note that the --cache-secs option will override this value if a cache is enabled, and the value is
              larger.

              (This value tends to be fuzzy, because many file formats don't store linear timestamps.)

       --force-seekable=<yes|no>
              If the player thinks that the media is not seekable (e.g. playing from a  pipe,  or  it's  a  http
              stream  with  a server that doesn't support range requests), seeking will be disabled. This option
              can forcibly enable it.  For seeks within the cache, there's a good chance of success.

   Input
       --native-keyrepeat
              Use system settings for keyrepeat delay and rate, instead of --input-ar-delay and --input-ar-rate.
              (Whether  this applies depends on the VO backend and how it handles keyboard input. Does not apply
              to terminal input.)

       --input-ar-delay
              Delay in milliseconds before we start to autorepeat a key (0 to disable).

       --input-ar-rate
              Number of key presses to generate per second on autorepeat.

       --input-conf=<filename>
              Specify input configuration file  other  than  the  default  location  in  the  mpv  configuration
              directory (usually ~/.config/mpv/input.conf).

       --no-input-default-bindings
              Disable mpv default (built-in) key bindings.

       --input-cmdlist
              Prints all commands that can be bound to keys.

       --input-doubleclick-time=<milliseconds>
              Time in milliseconds to recognize two consecutive button presses as a double-click (default: 300).

       --input-keylist
              Prints all keys that can be bound to commands.

       --input-key-fifo-size=<2-65000>
              Specify  the size of the FIFO that buffers key events (default: 7). If it is too small some events
              may be lost. The main disadvantage of setting it to a very large value is that if you hold down  a
              key  triggering  some  particularly  slow  command  then  the  player may be unresponsive while it
              processes all the queued commands.

       --input-test
              Input test mode. Instead of executing commands on key presses, mpv will  show  the  keys  and  the
              bound  commands  on  the  OSD.  Has to be used with a dummy video, and the normal ways to quit the
              player will not work (key bindings that normally quit will be shown on OSD  only,  just  like  any
              other binding). See INPUT.CONF.

       --input-file=<filename>
              Read  commands  from  the  given file. Mostly useful with a FIFO. Since mpv 0.7.0 also understands
              JSON commands (see JSON IPC), but you can't get replies or  events.  Use  --input-unix-socket  for
              something bi-directional. On MS Windows, JSON commands are not available.

              This  can  also  specify  a  direct  file  descriptor with fd://N (UNIX only).  In this case, JSON
              replies will be written if the FD is writable.

              NOTE:
                 When the given file is a FIFO mpv opens both ends, so you can  do  several  echo  "seek  10"  >
                 mp_pipe and the pipe will stay valid.

       --input-terminal, --no-input-terminal
              --no-input-terminal  prevents  the player from reading key events from standard input. Useful when
              reading data from standard input. This is automatically enabled when - is  found  on  the  command
              line.  There are situations where you have to set it manually, e.g. if you open /dev/stdin (or the
              equivalent on your system), use stdin in a playlist or intend to read from stdin later on via  the
              loadfile or loadlist slave commands.

       --input-unix-socket=<filename>
              Enable the IPC support and create the listening socket at the given path.

              See JSON IPC for details.

              Not available on MS Windows.

       --input-appleremote=<yes|no>
              (OS X only) Enable/disable Apple Remote support. Enabled by default (except for libmpv).

       --input-cursor, --no-input-cursor
              Permit  mpv  to  receive  pointer events reported by the video output driver. Necessary to use the
              OSC, or to select the buttons in DVD menus.  Support depends on the VO in use.

       --input-media-keys=<yes|no>
              (OS X only) Enable/disable media keys support. Enabled by default (except for libmpv).

       --input-right-alt-gr, --no-input-right-alt-gr
              (Cocoa and Windows only) Use the right Alt key  as  Alt  Gr  to  produce  special  characters.  If
              disabled, count the right Alt as an Alt modifier key. Enabled by default.

       --input-vo-keyboard=<yes|no>
              Disable  all  keyboard  input  on  for  VOs  which  can't  participate  in  proper  keyboard input
              dispatching. May not affect all VOs. Generally useful for embedding only.

              On X11, a sub-window with input enabled grabs all keyboard input as long as it is 1. a child of  a
              focused  window,  and  2.  the  mouse is inside of the sub-window. The can steal away all keyboard
              input from the application embedding the mpv window, and on the other hand, the  mpv  window  will
              receive  no  input  if  the  mouse is outside of the mpv window, even though mpv has focus. Modern
              toolkits work around this weird X11 behavior, but naively embedding foreign windows breaks it.

              The only way to handle this reasonably is using the XEmbed protocol, which was designed  to  solve
              these problems. GTK provides GtkSocket, which supports XEmbed. Qt doesn't seem to provide anything
              working in newer versions.

              If the embedder supports XEmbed, input should work with default  settings  and  with  this  option
              disabled. Note that input-default-bindings is disabled by default in libmpv as well - it should be
              enabled if you want the mpv default key bindings.

              (This option was renamed from --input-x11-keyboard.)

       --input-app-events=<yes|no>
              (OS X only) Enable/disable application wide keyboard events so  that  keyboard  shortcuts  can  be
              processed without a window. Enabled by default (except for libmpv).

   OSD
       --osc, --no-osc
              Whether to load the on-screen-controller (default: yes).

       --no-osd-bar, --osd-bar
              Disable  display  of  the OSD bar. This will make some things (like seeking) use OSD text messages
              instead of the bar.

              You can configure this on a per-command basis in input.conf using osd- prefixes, see Input command
              prefixes. If you want to disable the OSD completely, use --osd-level=0.

       --osd-duration=<time>
              Set the duration of the OSD messages in ms (default: 1000).

       --osd-font=<name>, --sub-text-font=<name>
              Specify  font  to  use for OSD and for subtitles that do not themselves specify a particular font.
              The default is sans-serif.

                 Examples

                 • --osd-font='Bitstream Vera Sans'--osd-font='MS Comic Sans'

              NOTE:
                 The --sub-text-font option (and most other --sub-text- options) are ignored when  ASS-subtitles
                 are rendered, unless the --no-sub-ass option is specified.

                 This used to support fontconfig patterns. Starting with libass 0.13.0, this stopped working.

       --osd-font-size=<size>, --sub-text-font-size=<size>
              Specify  the  OSD/sub  font size. The unit is the size in scaled pixels at a window height of 720.
              The actual pixel size is scaled with the window height: if the window height is larger or  smaller
              than 720, the actual size of the text increases or decreases as well.

              Default: 55.

       --osd-msg1=<string>
              Show  this  string  as  message on OSD with OSD level 1 (visible by default).  The message will be
              visible by default, and as long no other message covers it, and the OSD level isn't  changed  (see
              --osd-level).  Expands properties; see Property Expansion.

       --osd-msg2=<string>
              Similar  as  --osd-msg1,  but  for  OSD  level  2.  If this is an empty string (default), then the
              playback time is shown.

       --osd-msg3=<string>
              Similar as --osd-msg1, but for OSD level 3. If  this  is  an  empty  string  (default),  then  the
              playback time, duration, and some more information is shown.

              This  is  also used for the show_progress command (by default mapped to P), or in some non-default
              cases when seeking.

              --osd-status-msg is a legacy equivalent (but with a minor difference).

       --osd-status-msg=<string>
              Show a custom string during playback instead of the standard  status  text.   This  overrides  the
              status text used for --osd-level=3, when using the show_progress command (by default mapped to P),
              or in some non-default cases when seeking. Expands properties. See Property Expansion.

              This option has been replaced with --osd-msg3. The only difference is that this option  implicitly
              includes ${osd-sym-cc}. This option is ignored if --osd-msg3 is not empty.

       --osd-playing-msg=<string>
              Show  a  message  on  OSD  when  playback  starts.  The  string  is  expanded for properties, e.g.
              --osd-playing-msg='file: ${filename}' will show the message file: followed  by  a  space  and  the
              currently played filename.

              See Property Expansion.

       --osd-bar-align-x=<-1-1>
              Position  of  the OSD bar. -1 is far left, 0 is centered, 1 is far right.  Fractional values (like
              0.5) are allowed.

       --osd-bar-align-y=<-1-1>
              Position of the OSD bar. -1 is top, 0 is centered, 1 is bottom.  Fractional values (like 0.5)  are
              allowed.

       --osd-bar-w=<1-100>
              Width  of  the  OSD bar, in percentage of the screen width (default: 75).  A value of 50 means the
              bar is half the screen wide.

       --osd-bar-h=<0.1-50>
              Height of the OSD bar, in percentage of the screen height (default: 3.125).

       --osd-back-color=<color>, --sub-text-back-color=<color>
              See --osd-color. Color used for OSD/sub text background.

       --osd-blur=<0..20.0>, --sub-text-blur=<0..20.0>
              Gaussian blur factor. 0 means no blur applied (default).

       --osd-bold=<yes|no>, --sub-text-bold=<yes|no>
              Format text on bold.

       --osd-border-color=<color>, --sub-text-border-color=<color>
              See --osd-color. Color used for the OSD/sub font border.

              NOTE:
                 ignored when --osd-back-color/--sub-text-back-color is specified (or more  exactly:  when  that
                 option is not set to completely transparent).

       --osd-border-size=<size>, --sub-text-border-size=<size>
              Size  of  the OSD/sub font border in scaled pixels (see --osd-font-size for details). A value of 0
              disables borders.

              Default: 3.

       --osd-color=<color>, --sub-text-color=<color>
              Specify the color used for OSD/unstyled text subtitles.

              The color is specified in the form r/g/b, where each color component is specified as number in the
              range 0.0 to 1.0. It's also possible to specify the transparency by using r/g/b/a, where the alpha
              value 0 means fully transparent, and 1.0 means opaque. If the alpha component is  not  given,  the
              color is 100% opaque.

              Passing  a  single number to the option sets the OSD to gray, and the form gray/a lets you specify
              alpha additionally.

                 Examples

                 • --osd-color=1.0/0.0/0.0 set OSD to opaque red

                 • --osd-color=1.0/0.0/0.0/0.75 set OSD to opaque red with 75% alpha

                 • --osd-color=0.5/0.75 set OSD to 50% gray with 75% alpha

              Alternatively, the color can be specified as a RGB hex triplet in the  form  #RRGGBB,  where  each
              2-digit  group  expresses  a  color value in the range 0 (00) to 255 (FF). For example, #FF0000 is
              red.  This is similar to web colors. Alpha is given with #AARRGGBB.

                 Examples

                 • --osd-color='#FF0000' set OSD to opaque red

                 • --osd-color='#C0808080' set OSD to 50% gray with 75% alpha

       --osd-fractions
              Show OSD times with fractions of seconds (in millisecond  precision).  Useful  to  see  the  exact
              timestamp of a video frame.

       --osd-level=<0-3>
              Specifies which mode the OSD should start in.

              0      OSD completely disabled (subtitles only)

              1      enabled (shows up only on user interaction)

              2      enabled + current time visible by default

              3      enabled + --osd-status-msg (current time and status by default)

       --osd-margin-x=<size>, --sub-text-margin-x=<size>
              Left and right screen margin for the OSD/subs in scaled pixels (see --osd-font-size for details).

              This  option  specifies the distance of the OSD to the left, as well as at which distance from the
              right border long OSD text will be broken.

              Default: 25.

       --osd-margin-y=<size>, --sub-text-margin-y=<size>
              Top and bottom screen margin for the OSD/subs in scaled pixels (see --osd-font-size for details).

              This option specifies the vertical margins of the  OSD.  This  is  also  used  for  unstyled  text
              subtitles. If you just want to raise the vertical subtitle position, use --sub-pos.

              Default: 22.

       --osd-align-x=<left|center|right>, --sub-text-align-x=...
              Control  to which corner of the screen OSD or text subtitles should be aligned to (default: center
              for subs, left for OSD).

              Never applied to ASS subtitles, except in --no-sub-ass mode. Likewise,  this  does  not  apply  to
              image subtitles.

       --osd-align-y=<top|center|bottom> --sub-text-align-y=...
              Vertical position (default: bottom for subs, top for OSD).  Details see --osd-align-x.

       --osd-scale=<factor>
              OSD font size multiplier, multiplied with --osd-font-size value.

       --osd-scale-by-window=<yes|no>
              Whether to scale the OSD with the window size (default: yes). If this is disabled, --osd-font-size
              and other OSD options that use scaled pixels are always in  actual  pixels.  The  effect  is  that
              changing the window size won't change the OSD font size.

       --osd-shadow-color=<color>, --sub-text-shadow-color=<color>
              See --osd-color. Color used for OSD/sub text shadow.

       --osd-shadow-offset=<size>, --sub-text-shadow-offset=<size>
              Displacement  of  the  OSD/sub  text  shadow in scaled pixels (see --osd-font-size for details). A
              value of 0 disables shadows.

              Default: 0.

       --osd-spacing=<size>, --sub-text-spacing=<size>
              Horizontal OSD/sub font spacing in scaled pixels (see --osd-font-size for details). This value  is
              added to the normal letter spacing. Negative values are allowed.

              Default: 0.

   Screenshot
       --screenshot-format=<type>
              Set the image file type used for saving screenshots.

              Available choices:

              png    PNG

              ppm    PPM

              pgm    PGM

              pgmyuv PGM with YV12 pixel format

              tga    TARGA

              jpg    JPEG (default)

              jpeg   JPEG (same as jpg, but with .jpeg file ending)

       --screenshot-tag-colorspace=<yes|no>
              Tag screenshots with the appropriate colorspace.

              Note that not all formats are supported.

              Default: no.

       --screenshot-high-bit-depth=<yes|no>
              If  possible,  write screenshots with a bit depth similar to the source video (default: yes). This
              is interesting in particular for PNG, as this sometimes triggers writing 16  bit  PNGs  with  huge
              file sizes.

       --screenshot-template=<template>
              Specify  the  filename  template  used  to  save  screenshots. The template specifies the filename
              without file extension, and can contain format specifiers, which will be substituted when taking a
              screenshot.    By   default   the   template  is  mpv-shot%n,  which  results  in  filenames  like
              mpv-shot0012.png for example.

              The template can start with a relative or absolute path, in order to specify a directory  location
              where screenshots should be saved.

              If  the  final  screenshot  filename  points  to  an  already  existing file, the file will not be
              overwritten. The screenshot will either not be saved, or if the template contains %n, saved  using
              different, newly generated filename.

              Allowed format specifiers:

              %[#][0X]n
                     A  sequence  number,  padded with zeros to length X (default: 04). E.g.  passing the format
                     %04n will yield 0012 on the 12th screenshot.   The  number  is  incremented  every  time  a
                     screenshot  is  taken or if the file already exists. The length X must be in the range 0-9.
                     With the optional # sign, mpv will use the lowest available number.  For  example,  if  you
                     take  three  screenshots--0001,  0002,  0003--and  delete  the  first  two,  the  next  two
                     screenshots will not be 0004 and 0005, but 0001 and 0002 again.

              %f     Filename of the currently played video.

              %F     Same as %f, but strip the file extension, including the dot.

              %x     Directory path of the currently played video. If the video is not on  the  filesystem  (but
                     e.g. http://), this expand to an empty string.

              %X{fallback}
                     Same  as  %x,  but  if  the video file is not on the filesystem, return the fallback string
                     inside the {...}.

              %p     Current playback time, in the same format as used in the OSD. The result is a string of the
                     form  "HH:MM:SS".  For  example,  if  the  video  is  at the time position 5 minutes and 34
                     seconds, %p will be replaced with "00:05:34".

              %P     Similar to %p, but extended with the playback time in milliseconds.   It  is  formatted  as
                     "HH:MM:SS.mmm", with "mmm" being the millisecond part of the playback time.

                     NOTE:
                        This  is  a  simple way for getting unique per-frame timestamps. (Frame numbers would be
                        more intuitive, but are not easily implementable because container formats  usually  use
                        time stamps for identifying frames.)

              %wX    Specify  the  current playback time using the format string X.  %p is like %wH:%wM:%wS, and
                     %P is like %wH:%wM:%wS.%wT.

                     Valid format specifiers:

                            %wH    hour (padded with 0 to two digits)

                            %wh    hour (not padded)

                            %wM    minutes (00-59)

                            %wm    total minutes (includes hours, unlike %wM)

                            %wS    seconds (00-59)

                            %ws    total seconds (includes hours and minutes)

                            %wf    like %ws, but as float

                            %wT    milliseconds (000-999)

              %tX    Specify the current local date/time using the format X. This format specifier uses the UNIX
                     strftime()  function  internally,  and  inserts the result of passing "%X" to strftime. For
                     example, %tm will insert the number of the  current  month  as  number.  You  have  to  use
                     multiple %tX specifiers to build a full date/time string.

              %{prop[:fallback text]}
                     Insert  the  value of the slave property 'prop'. E.g. %{filename} is the same as %f. If the
                     property does not exist or is not available, an error text is inserted, unless  a  fallback
                     is specified.

              %%     Replaced with the % character itself.

       --screenshot-directory=<path>
              Store  screenshots  in  this  directory.  This  path  is  joined  with  the  filename generated by
              --screenshot-template. If the template filename is already absolute, the directory is ignored.

              If the directory does not exist, it is created on the first screenshot. If it is not a  directory,
              an error is generated when trying to write a screenshot.

              This option is not set by default, and thus will write screenshots to the directory from which mpv
              was started. In pseudo-gui mode (see PSEUDO GUI MODE), this is set to the desktop.

       --screenshot-jpeg-quality=<0-100>
              Set the JPEG quality level. Higher means better quality. The default is 90.

       --screenshot-jpeg-source-chroma=<yes|no>
              Write JPEG files with the same chroma subsampling as the video (default: yes).  If  disabled,  the
              libjpeg default is used.

       --screenshot-png-compression=<0-9>
              Set  the PNG compression level. Higher means better compression. This will affect the file size of
              the written screenshot file and the time it takes to write  a  screenshot.  Too  high  compression
              might occupy enough CPU time to interrupt playback. The default is 7.

       --screenshot-png-filter=<0-5>
              Set the filter applied prior to PNG compression. 0 is none, 1 is "sub", 2 is "up", 3 is "average",
              4 is "Paeth", and 5 is "mixed". This affects the level of compression that can  be  achieved.  For
              most images, "mixed" achieves the best compression ratio, hence it is the default.

   Software Scaler
       --sws-scaler=<name>
              Specify  the  software scaler algorithm to be used with --vf=scale. This also affects video output
              drivers which lack hardware acceleration, e.g. x11. See also --vf=scale.

              To get a list of available scalers, run --sws-scaler=help.

              Default: bicubic.

       --sws-lgb=<0-100>
              Software scaler Gaussian blur filter (luma). See --sws-scaler.

       --sws-cgb=<0-100>
              Software scaler Gaussian blur filter (chroma). See --sws-scaler.

       --sws-ls=<-100-100>
              Software scaler sharpen filter (luma). See --sws-scaler.

       --sws-cs=<-100-100>
              Software scaler sharpen filter (chroma). See --sws-scaler.

       --sws-chs=<h>
              Software scaler chroma horizontal shifting. See --sws-scaler.

       --sws-cvs=<v>
              Software scaler chroma vertical shifting. See --sws-scaler.

   Terminal
       --quiet
              Make console output  less  verbose;  in  particular,  prevents  the  status  line  (i.e.  AV:  3.4
              (00:00:03.37) / 5320.6 ...) from being displayed.  Particularly useful on slow terminals or broken
              ones which do not properly handle carriage return (i.e. \r).

              Also see --really-quiet and --msg-level.

       --really-quiet
              Display even less output and status messages than with --quiet.

       --no-terminal, --terminal
              Disable any use of the terminal and stdin/stdout/stderr.  This  completely  silences  any  message
              output.

              Unlike --really-quiet, this disables input and terminal initialization as well.

       --no-msg-color
              Disable colorful console output on terminals.

       --msg-level=<module1=level1,module2=level2,...>
              Control  verbosity  directly  for  each  module.  The  all module changes the verbosity of all the
              modules not explicitly specified on the command line.

              Run mpv with --msg-level=all=trace to see all messages mpv outputs. You can use the  module  names
              printed in the output (prefixed to each line in [...]) to limit the output to interesting modules.

              NOTE:
                 Some  messages  are printed before the command line is parsed and are therefore not affected by
                 --msg-level. To control these messages, you have to use the MPV_VERBOSE  environment  variable;
                 see ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES for details.

              Available levels:

                 no     complete silence

                 fatal  fatal messages only

                 error  error messages

                 warn   warning messages

                 info   informational messages

                 status status messages (default)

                 v      verbose messages

                 debug  debug messages

                 trace  very noisy debug messages

       --term-osd, --no-term-osd, --term-osd=force
              Display OSD messages on the console when no video output is available.  Enabled by default.

              force enables terminal OSD even if a video window is created.

       --term-osd-bar, --no-term-osd-bar
              Enable printing a progress bar under the status line on the terminal.  (Disabled by default.)

       --term-osd-bar-chars=<string>
              Customize  the  --term-osd-bar  feature. The string is expected to consist of 5 characters (start,
              left space, position indicator, right space, end). You can use Unicode characters, but  note  that
              double- width characters will not be treated correctly.

              Default: [-+-].

       --term-playing-msg=<string>
              Print  out  a  string  after  starting  playback.  The  string  is  expanded  for properties, e.g.
              --term-playing-msg='file: ${filename}' will print the string file: followed by  a  space  and  the
              currently played filename.

              See Property Expansion.

       --term-status-msg=<string>
              Print out a custom string during playback instead of the standard status line. Expands properties.
              See Property Expansion.

       --msg-module
              Prepend module name to each console message.

       --msg-time
              Prepend timing information to each console message.

   TV
       --tv-...
              These options tune various properties of the TV capture module. For  watching  TV  with  mpv,  use
              tv://   or   tv://<channel_number>   or  even  tv://<channel_name>  (see  option  tv-channels  for
              channel_name below) as a media URL. You can also use tv:///<input_id> to start  watching  a  video
              from a composite or S-Video input (see option input for details).

       --tv-device=<value>
              Specify TV device (default: /dev/video0).

       --tv-channel=<value>
              Set tuner to <value> channel.

       --no-tv-audio
              no sound

       --tv-automute=<0-255> (v4l and v4l2 only)
              If  signal  strength reported by device is less than this value, audio and video will be muted. In
              most cases automute=100 will be enough.  Default is 0 (automute disabled).

       --tv-driver=<value>
              See --tv=driver=help for a list of compiled-in TV input drivers.  available: dummy, v4l2 (default:
              autodetect)

       --tv-input=<value>
              Specify input (default: 0 (TV), see console output for available inputs).

       --tv-freq=<value>
              Specify  the  frequency  to  set  the  tuner  to  (e.g. 511.250). Not compatible with the channels
              parameter.

       --tv-outfmt=<value>
              Specify the output format of the tuner with a preset value supported  by  the  V4L  driver  (YV12,
              UYVY, YUY2, I420) or an arbitrary format given as hex value.

       --tv-width=<value>
              output window width

       --tv-height=<value>
              output window height

       --tv-fps=<value>
              framerate at which to capture video (frames per second)

       --tv-buffersize=<value>
              maximum size of the capture buffer in megabytes (default: dynamical)

       --tv-norm=<value>
              See the console output for a list of all available norms, also see the normid option below.

       --tv-normid=<value> (v4l2 only)
              Sets the TV norm to the given numeric ID. The TV norm depends on the capture card. See the console
              output for a list of available TV norms.

       --tv-chanlist=<value>
              available: argentina, australia, china-bcast, europe-east, europe-west,  france,  ireland,  italy,
              japan-bcast, japan-cable, newzealand, russia, southafrica, us-bcast, us-cable, us-cable-hrc

       --tv-channels=<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],...
              Set names for channels.

              NOTE:
                 If <chan> is an integer greater than 1000, it will be treated as frequency (in kHz) rather than
                 channel name from frequency table.  Use _ for spaces in names (or play with quoting ;-) ).  The
                 channel  names  will  then  be  written  using  OSD,  and  the  slave commands tv_step_channel,
                 tv_set_channel and tv_last_channel will be usable for a remote control. Not compatible with the
                 frequency parameter.

              NOTE:
                 The channel number will then be the position in the 'channels' list, beginning with 1.

                 Examples

                        tv://1, tv://TV1, tv_set_channel 1, tv_set_channel TV1

       --tv-[brightness|contrast|hue|saturation]=<-100-100>
              Set the image equalizer on the card.

       --tv-audiorate=<value>
              Set input audio sample rate.

       --tv-forceaudio
              Capture audio even if there are no audio sources reported by v4l.

       --tv-alsa
              Capture from ALSA.

       --tv-amode=<0-3>
              Choose an audio mode:

              0      mono

              1      stereo

              2      language 1

              3      language 2

       --tv-forcechan=<1-2>
              By default, the count of recorded audio channels is determined automatically by querying the audio
              mode from the TV card. This option allows forcing stereo/mono recording regardless  of  the  amode
              option  and  the  values returned by v4l. This can be used for troubleshooting when the TV card is
              unable to report the current audio mode.

       --tv-adevice=<value>
              Set an audio device. <value> should be /dev/xxx for OSS and a  hardware  ID  for  ALSA.  You  must
              replace any ':' by a '.' in the hardware ID for ALSA.

       --tv-audioid=<value>
              Choose an audio output of the capture card, if it has more than one.

       --tv-[volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-100>
              These options set parameters of the mixer on the video capture card.  They will have no effect, if
              your card does not have one. For v4l2 50 maps to the default value of the control, as reported  by
              the driver.

       --tv-gain=<0-100>
              Set gain control for video devices (usually webcams) to the desired value and switch off automatic
              control. A value of 0 enables automatic control. If this option is omitted, gain control will  not
              be modified.

       --tv-immediatemode=<bool>
              A value of 0 means capture and buffer audio and video together. A value of 1 (default) means to do
              video capture only and let the audio go through a loopback cable from the TV  card  to  the  sound
              card.

       --tv-mjpeg
              Use  hardware MJPEG compression (if the card supports it). When using this option, you do not need
              to specify the width and height of the output window, because mpv will determine it  automatically
              from the decimation value (see below).

       --tv-decimation=<1|2|4>
              choose the size of the picture that will be compressed by hardware MJPEG compression:

              1      full size

                     • 704x576 PAL

                     • 704x480 NTSC

              2      medium size

                     • 352x288 PAL

                     • 352x240 NTSC

              4      small size

                     • 176x144 PAL

                     • 176x120 NTSC

       --tv-quality=<0-100>
              Choose the quality of the JPEG compression (< 60 recommended for full size).

       --tv-scan-autostart
              Begin channel scanning immediately after startup (default: disabled).

       --tv-scan-period=<0.1-2.0>
              Specify  delay in seconds before switching to next channel (default: 0.5). Lower values will cause
              faster scanning, but can detect inactive TV channels as active.

       --tv-scan-threshold=<1-100>
              Threshold value for the signal strength (in percent), as reported by the device (default:  50).  A
              signal  strength  higher  than  this  value  will  indicate that the currently scanning channel is
              active.

   Cache
       --cache=<kBytes|yes|no|auto>
              Set the size of the cache in kilobytes, disable it with no, or automatically enable it  if  needed
              with  auto  (default:  auto).   With  auto, the cache will usually be enabled for network streams,
              using the size set by --cache-default. With yes, the cache will always be enabled  with  the  size
              set by --cache-default (unless the stream can not be cached, or --cache-default disables caching).

              May  be  useful when playing files from slow media, but can also have negative effects, especially
              with file formats that require a lot of seeking, such as MP4.

              Note that half the cache size will be used to allow fast seeking back. This is also the reason why
              a  full  cache  is usually not reported as 100% full.  The cache fill display does not include the
              part of the cache reserved for seeking back. The actual maximum percentage  will  usually  be  the
              ratio between readahead and backbuffer sizes.

       --cache-default=<kBytes|no>
              Set the size of the cache in kilobytes (default: 75000 KB). Using no will not automatically enable
              the cache e.g. when playing from a network stream. Note that using --cache  will  always  override
              this option.

       --cache-initial=<kBytes>
              Playback  will  start when the cache has been filled up with this many kilobytes of data (default:
              0).

       --cache-seek-min=<kBytes>
              If a seek is to be made to a position within <kBytes> of the cache size from the current position,
              mpv  will  wait  for  the cache to be filled to this position rather than performing a stream seek
              (default: 500).

              This matters for small forward seeks. With slow streams  (especially  HTTP  streams)  there  is  a
              tradeoff between skipping the data between current position and seek destination, or performing an
              actual seek. Depending on the situation, either of these might be slower than  the  other  method.
              This option allows control over this.

       --cache-backbuffer=<kBytes>
              Size  of  the  cache  back  buffer (default: 75000 KB). This will add to the total cache size, and
              reserved the amount for seeking back. The reserved amount will not  be  used  for  readahead,  and
              instead preserves already read data to enable fast seeking back.

       --cache-file=<TMP|path>
              Create a cache file on the filesystem.

              There are two ways of using this:

              1. Passing  a  path  (a  filename). The file will always be overwritten. When the general cache is
                 enabled, this file cache will be used to store whatever is read from the source stream.

                 This will always overwrite the cache file, and you can't use an existing cache file  to  resume
                 playback  of  a stream. (Technically, mpv wouldn't even know which blocks in the file are valid
                 and which not.)

                 The resulting file will not necessarily contain all data of the source stream. For example,  if
                 you  seek,  the parts that were skipped over are never read and consequently are not written to
                 the cache. The skipped over parts are filled with zeros. This means that the cache file doesn't
                 necessarily correspond to a full download of the source stream.

                 Both of these issues could be improved if there is any user interest.

                 WARNING:
                    Causes random corruption when used with ordered chapters or with --audio-file.

              2. Passing  the  string  TMP.  This  will  not  be interpreted as filename.  Instead, an invisible
                 temporary file is created. It depends on your C library where this  file  is  created  (usually
                 /tmp/),  and  whether  filename  is  visible (the tmpfile() function is used). On some systems,
                 automatic deletion of the cache file might not be guaranteed.

                 If you want to use a file cache, this mode is recommended, because  it  doesn't  break  ordered
                 chapters  or --audio-file. These modes open multiple cache streams, and using the same file for
                 them obviously clashes.

              Also see --cache-file-size.

       --cache-file-size=<kBytes>
              Maximum size of the file created with --cache-file. For read accesses above this size,  the  cache
              is simply not used.

              Keep  in mind that some use-cases, like playing ordered chapters with cache enabled, will actually
              create multiple cache files, each of which will use up to this much disk space.

              (Default: 1048576, 1 GB.)

       --no-cache
              Turn off input stream caching. See --cache.

       --cache-secs=<seconds>
              How many seconds  of  audio/video  to  prefetch  if  the  cache  is  active.  This  overrides  the
              --demuxer-readahead-secs  option  if  and  only  if  the cache is enabled and the value is larger.
              (Default: 10.)

       --cache-pause, --no-cache-pause
              Whether the player should automatically pause when the cache runs low, and unpause once more  data
              is available ("buffering").

   Network
       --user-agent=<string>
              Use <string> as user agent for HTTP streaming.

       --cookies, --no-cookies
              Support cookies when making HTTP requests. Disabled by default.

       --cookies-file=<filename>
              Read HTTP cookies from <filename>. The file is assumed to be in Netscape format.

       --http-header-fields=<field1,field2>
              Set custom HTTP fields when accessing HTTP stream.

                 Example

                     mpv --http-header-fields='Field1: value1','Field2: value2' \
                     http://localhost:1234

                 Will generate HTTP request:

                     GET / HTTP/1.0
                     Host: localhost:1234
                     User-Agent: MPlayer
                     Icy-MetaData: 1
                     Field1: value1
                     Field2: value2
                     Connection: close

       --tls-ca-file=<filename>
              Certificate  authority  database file for use with TLS. (Silently fails with older FFmpeg or Libav
              versions.)

       --tls-verify
              Verify peer certificates when using TLS (e.g.  with  https://...).   (Silently  fails  with  older
              FFmpeg or Libav versions.)

       --tls-cert-file
              A file containing a certificate to use in the handshake with the peer.

       --tls-key-file
              A file containing the private key for the certificate.

       --referrer=<string>
              Specify a referrer path or URL for HTTP requests.

       --network-timeout=<seconds>
              Specify  the network timeout in seconds. This affects at least HTTP. The special value 0 (default)
              uses the FFmpeg/Libav defaults. If a protocol is used which does not support timeouts, this option
              is silently ignored.

       --rtsp-transport=<lavf|udp|tcp|http>
              Select  RTSP  transport  method (default: tcp). This selects the underlying network transport when
              playing rtsp://... URLs. The value lavf leaves the decision to libavformat.

       --hls-bitrate=<no|min|max|<rate>>
              If HLS streams are played, this option controls what streams are selected by default.  The  option
              allows the following parameters:

              no     Don't  do  anything special. Typically, this will simply pick the first audio/video streams
                     it can find.

              min    Pick the streams with the lowest bitrate.

              max    Same, but highest bitrate. (Default.)

              Additionally, if the option is a number, the stream with the  highest  rate  equal  or  below  the
              option value is selected.

              The bitrate as used is sent by the server, and there's no guarantee it's actually meaningful.

   DVB
       --dvbin-card=<1-4>
              Specifies using card number 1-4 (default: 1).

       --dvbin-file=<filename>
              Instructs  mpv  to read the channels list from <filename>. The default is in the mpv configuration
              directory (usually ~/.config/mpv) with the  filename  channels.conf.{sat,ter,cbl,atsc}  (based  on
              your  card type) or channels.conf as a last resort.  For DVB-S/2 cards, a VDR 1.7.x format channel
              list is recommended as it allows tuning to DVB-S2 channels, enabling subtitles  and  decoding  the
              PMT  (which  largely  improves  the  demuxing).   Classic  mplayer  format channel lists are still
              supported (without these improvements), and for other card types, only limited VDR format  channel
              list  support  is  implemented  (patches  welcome).   For  channels  with dynamic PID switching or
              incomplete channels.conf, --dvbin-full-transponder or the magic PID 8192 are recommended.

       --dvbin-timeout=<1-30>
              Maximum number of seconds to wait when trying to tune a frequency before giving up (default: 30).

       --dvbin-full-transponder=<yes|no>
              Apply no filters on program PIDs, only tune to frequency and pass  full  transponder  to  demuxer.
              This  is  useful  to record multiple programs on a single transponder, or to work around issues in
              the channels.conf.  It is also recommended to use this for channels which switch PIDs  on-the-fly,
              e.g. for regional news.

              Default: no

   Miscellaneous
       --display-tags=tag1,tags2,...
              Set  the list of tags that should be displayed on the terminal. Tags that are in the list, but are
              not present in the played file, will not be shown.  If a value ends with *, all tags  are  matched
              by prefix (though there is no general globbing). Just passing * essentially filtering.

              The default includes a common list of tags, call mpv with --list-options to see it.

       --mc=<seconds/frame>
              Maximum A-V sync correction per frame (in seconds)

       --autosync=<factor>
              Gradually  adjusts  the  A/V sync based on audio delay measurements.  Specifying --autosync=0, the
              default, will cause frame timing to be based entirely  on  audio  delay  measurements.  Specifying
              --autosync=1  will  do  the  same,  but will subtly change the A/V correction algorithm. An uneven
              video framerate in a video which plays fine with --no-audio can often be helped by setting this to
              an  integer  value  greater  than  1.  The  higher  the  value,  the  closer the timing will be to
              --no-audio. Try --autosync=30 to smooth out problems with sound drivers which do not  implement  a
              perfect  audio delay measurement. With this value, if large A/V sync offsets occur, they will only
              take about 1 or 2 seconds to settle out. This delay in reaction time to sudden A/V offsets  should
              be the only side-effect of turning this option on, for all sound drivers.

       --video-sync=<audio|...>
              How the player synchronizes audio and video.

              The  modes  starting  with  display-  try  to  output video frames completely synchronously to the
              display, using the detected display vertical refresh rate as  a  hint  how  fast  frames  will  be
              displayed  on  average.  These  modes  change  video  speed  slightly  to  match  the display. See
              --video-sync-...  options for fine tuning. The robustness of  this  mode  is  further  reduced  by
              making  a  some idealized assumptions, which may not always apply in reality.  Behavior can depend
              on the VO and the system's video and audio drivers.  Media  files  must  use  constant  framerate.
              Section-wise  VFR  might  work as well with some container formats (but not e.g. mkv). If the sync
              code detects severe A/V desync, or the framerate cannot  be  detected,  the  player  automatically
              reverts to audio mode for some time or permanently.

              The  modes with desync in their names do not attempt to keep audio/video in sync. They will slowly
              (or quickly) desync, until e.g. the next seek happens. These modes  are  meant  for  testing,  not
              serious use.

              audio  Time  video  frames to audio. This is the most robust mode, because the player doesn't have
                     to assume anything about how the display behaves. The disadvantage is that it can  lead  to
                     occasional  frame  drops or repeats. If audio is disabled, this uses the system clock. This
                     is the default mode.

              display-resample
                     Resample audio to match the video. This mode  will  also  try  to  adjust  audio  speed  to
                     compensate  for other drift.  (This means it will play the audio at a different speed every
                     once in a while to reduce the A/V difference.)

              display-resample-vdrop
                     Resample audio to match the video. Drop video frames to compensate for drift.

              display-resample-desync
                     Like the previous mode, but no A/V compensation.

              display-vdrop
                     Drop or repeat video frames to compensate desyncing video. (Although  it  should  have  the
                     same effects as audio, the implementation is very different.)

              display-adrop
                     Drop  or repeat audio data to compensate desyncing video. See --video-sync-adrop-size. This
                     mode will cause severe audio artifacts if the real monitor refresh rate  is  too  different
                     from the reported or forced rate.

              display-desync
                     Sync video to display, and let audio play on its own.

              desync Sync video according to system clock, and let audio play on its own.

       --video-sync-max-video-change=<value>
              Maximum  speed  difference  in  percent  that  is  applied  to video with --video-sync=display-...
              (default: 1). Display sync mode will be disabled if the monitor and video refresh way do not match
              within  the  given  range. It tries multiples as well: playing 30 fps video on a 60 Hz screen will
              duplicate every second frame. Playing 24 fps video on  a  60  Hz  screen  will  play  video  in  a
              2-3-2-3-... pattern.

              The  default settings are not loose enough to speed up 23.976 fps video to 25 fps. We consider the
              pitch change too extreme to allow this behavior by default. Set this option to a  value  of  5  to
              enable it.

              Note that in the --video-sync=display-resample mode, audio speed will additionally be changed by a
              small amount if necessary for A/V sync. See --video-sync-max-audio-change.

       --video-sync-max-audio-change=<value>
              Maximum   additional   speed   difference   in   percent   that   is   applied   to   audio   with
              --video-sync=display-... (default: 0.125). Normally, the player play the audio at the speed of the
              video. But if the difference between audio and video position is too high, e.g. due  to  drift  or
              other timing errors, it will attempt to speed up or slow down audio by this additional factor. Too
              low values could lead  to  video  frame  dropping  or  repeating  if  the  A/V  desync  cannot  be
              compensated,  too high values could lead to chaotic frame dropping due to the audio "overshooting"
              and skipping multiple video frames before the sync logic can react.

       --video-sync-adrop-size=<value
              For the --video-sync=display-adrop mode. This mode duplicates/drops audio data to  keep  audio  in
              sync with video. To avoid audio artifacts on jitter (which would add/remove samples all the time),
              this is done in relatively large, fixed units, controlled by this option. The unit is seconds.

       --mf-fps=<value>
              Framerate used when decoding from multiple PNG or JPEG files with mf:// (default: 1).

       --mf-type=<value>
              Input file type for mf:// (available: jpeg, png, tga, sgi). By default, this is guessed  from  the
              file extension.

       --stream-capture=<filename>
              Allows  capturing  the  primary stream (not additional audio tracks or other kind of streams) into
              the given file. Capturing can also be started and  stopped  by  changing  the  filename  with  the
              stream-capture  slave  property.  Generally this will not produce usable results for anything else
              than MPEG or raw streams, unless capturing includes the file headers and is not interrupted.  Note
              that,  due  to  cache latencies, captured data may begin and end somewhat delayed compared to what
              you see displayed.

              The destination file is always appended. (Before mpv 0.8.0, the file was overwritten.)

       --stream-dump=<filename>
              Same as --stream-capture, but do not start playback. Instead, the entire file is dumped.

       --stream-lavf-o=opt1=value1,opt2=value2,...
              Set AVOptions on streams opened with libavformat.  Unknown  or  misspelled  options  are  silently
              ignored. (They are mentioned in the terminal output in verbose mode, i.e. --v. In general we can't
              print errors, because other options such as e.g. user agent are not available with all  protocols,
              and printing errors for unknown options would end up being too noisy.)

       --vo-mmcss-profile=<name>
              (Windows only.)  Set the MMCSS profile for the video renderer thread (default: Playback).

       --priority=<prio>
              (Windows  only.)   Set  process  priority for mpv according to the predefined priorities available
              under Windows.

              Possible values of <prio>: idle|belownormal|normal|abovenormal|high|realtime

              WARNING:
                 Using realtime priority can cause system lockup.

       --force-media-title=<string>
              Force the contents of the media-title property to this value. Useful for scripts which want to set
              a title, without overriding the user's setting in --title.

AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS

       Audio output drivers are interfaces to different audio output facilities. The syntax is:

       --ao=<driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used.

       If  the  list has a trailing ',', mpv will fall back on drivers not contained in the list. Suboptions are
       optional and can mostly be omitted.

       You can also set defaults for each driver. The defaults are applied before the normal driver parameters.

       --ao-defaults=<driver1[:parameter1:parameter2:...],driver2,...>
              Set defaults for each driver.

       NOTE:
          See --ao=help for a list of compiled-in audio output  drivers.  The  driver  --ao=alsa  is  preferred.
          --ao=pulse  is  preferred  on  systems where PulseAudio is used. On Windows, --ao=wasapi is preferred,
          though it might cause trouble sometimes, in which case --ao=dsound should be  used.  On  BSD  systems,
          --ao=oss or --ao=sndio` may work (the latter being experimental). On OS X systems, use --ao=coreaudio.

          Examples

          • --ao=alsa,oss, Try the ALSA driver, then the OSS driver, then others.

          • --ao=alsa:resample=yes:device=[plughw:0,3]  Lets  ALSA  resample  and  sets the device-name as first
            card, fourth device.

       Available audio output drivers are:

       alsa (Linux only)
              ALSA audio output driver

              device=<device>
                     Sets the device name. For ac3 output via S/PDIF, use an "iec958" or "spdif" device,  unless
                     you really know how to set it correctly.

              resample=yes
                     Enable  ALSA  resampling  plugin. (This is disabled by default, because some drivers report
                     incorrect audio delay in some cases.)

              mixer-device=<device>
                     Set the mixer device used with --no-softvol (default: default).

              mixer-name=<name>
                     Set the name of the mixer element (default: Master). This is for example PCM or Master.

              mixer-index=<number>
                     Set the index of the mixer channel (default: 0). Consider the output of "amixer scontrols",
                     then the index is the number that follows the name of the element.

              non-interleaved
                     Allow  output of non-interleaved formats (if the audio decoder uses this format). Currently
                     disabled  by  default,  because  some  popular  ALSA  plugins  are  utterly   broken   with
                     non-interleaved formats.

              ignore-chmap
                     Don't  read or set the channel map of the ALSA device - only request the required number of
                     channels, and then pass the audio as-is to it. This option most likely should not be  used.
                     It  can  be  useful  for  debugging,  or for static setups with a specially engineered ALSA
                     configuration (in this case you should always force the same layout with  --audio-channels,
                     or it will work only for files which use the layout implicit to your ALSA device).

              NOTE:
                 MPlayer  and mplayer2 required you to replace any ',' with '.' and any ':' with '=' in the ALSA
                 device name. mpv does not do this anymore.  Instead, quote the device name:
                     --ao=alsa:device=[plug:surround50]

                 Note that the [ and ] simply quote the device name. With some shells (like zsh),  you  have  to
                 quote  the option string to prevent the shell from interpreting the brackets instead of passing
                 them to mpv.

                 Actually, you should use the --audio-device option, instead of setting the device directly.

              WARNING:
                 Handling  of  multichannel/surround  audio  changed  in  mpv  0.8.0  from   the   behavior   in
                 MPlayer/mplayer2 and older versions of mpv.

                 The old behavior is that the player always downmixed to stereo by default. The --audio-channels
                 (or --channels before that) option had to be set to get multichannel audio. Then playing stereo
                 would  use  the  default  device (which typically allows multiple programs to play audio at the
                 same time via dmix), while playing anything with more channels would open one of  the  hardware
                 devices,  e.g.  via  the surround51 alias (typically with exclusive access). Whether the player
                 would use exclusive access or not would depend on the file being played.

                 The new behavior since mpv 0.8.0 always enables multichannel audio, i.e.  --audio-channels=auto
                 is  the  default.  However,  since  ALSA  provides  no good way to play multichannel audio in a
                 non-exclusive way (without blocking  other  applications  from  using  audio),  the  player  is
                 restricted  to  the capabilities of the default device by default, which means it supports only
                 stereo and mono (at least with current typical ALSA configurations). But if a  hardware  device
                 is selected, then multichannel audio will typically work.

                 The  short story is: if you want multichannel audio with ALSA, use --audio-device to select the
                 device (use --audio-device=help to get a list of all devices and their mpv name).

                 You can also try using the upmix plugin.  This setup enables multichannel audio on the  default
                 device  with automatic upmixing with shared access, so playing stereo and multichannel audio at
                 the same time will work as expected.

       oss    OSS audio output driver

              <dsp-device>
                     Sets the audio output device (default: /dev/dsp).

              <mixer-device>
                     Sets the audio mixer device (default: /dev/mixer).

              <mixer-channel>
                     Sets the audio mixer channel (default: pcm). Other valid values include vol, pcm, line. For
                     a complete list of options look for SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES in /usr/include/linux/soundcard.h.

       jack   JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit) audio output driver

              port=<name>
                     Connects to the ports with the given name (default: physical ports).

              name=<client>
                     Client  name  that  is  passed  to  JACK (default: mpv). Useful if you want to have certain
                     connections established automatically.

              (no-)autostart
                     Automatically start jackd if necessary (default: disabled). Note  that  this  tends  to  be
                     unreliable and will flood stdout with server messages.

              (no-)connect
                     Automatically  create  connections  to  output ports (default: enabled).  When enabled, the
                     maximum number of output channels will be limited to the number of available output ports.

              std-channel-layout=waveext|any
                     Select the standard channel layout (default: waveext). JACK itself has no notion of channel
                     layouts  (i.e.  assigning  which  speaker  a given channel is supposed to map to) - it just
                     takes whatever the application outputs, and reroutes it to whatever the user defines.  This
                     means  the  user  and  the  application  are  in charge of dealing with the channel layout.
                     waveext uses WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE order, which, even though it was defined by  Microsoft,
                     is  the  standard on many systems.  The value any makes JACK accept whatever comes from the
                     audio filter chain, regardless of channel layout  and  without  reordering.  This  mode  is
                     probably not very useful, other than for debugging or when used with fixed setups.

       coreaudio (Mac OS X only)
              Native Mac OS X audio output driver using AudioUnits and the CoreAudio sound server.

              Automatically redirects to coreaudio_exclusive when playing compressed formats.

              change-physical-format=<yes|no>
                     Change the physical format to one similar to the requested audio format (default: no). This
                     has the advantage that multichannel audio output will actually work.  The  disadvantage  is
                     that  it  will  change  the  system-wide audio settings. This is equivalent to changing the
                     Format setting in the Audio Devices dialog in the Audio MIDI Setup utility. Note that  this
                     does not effect the selected speaker setup.

              exclusive
                     Use  exclusive  mode  access.  This  merely redirects to coreaudio_exclusive, but should be
                     preferred over using that AO directly.

       coreaudio_exclusive (Mac OS X only)
              Native Mac OS X audio output driver using direct device access and exclusive  mode  (bypasses  the
              sound server).

       openal Experimental OpenAL audio output driver

              NOTE:
                 This driver is not very useful. Playing multi-channel audio with it is slow.

       pulse  PulseAudio audio output driver

              [<host>][:<output sink>]
                     Specify  the  host  and  optionally output sink to use. An empty <host> string uses a local
                     connection, "localhost" uses network transfer (most likely not what you want).

              buffer=<1-2000|native>
                     Set the audio buffer size in milliseconds. A higher value buffers  more  data,  and  has  a
                     lower probability of buffer underruns. A smaller value makes the audio stream react faster,
                     e.g. to playback speed changes. Default: 250.

              latency-hacks=<yes|no>
                     Enable hacks to workaround PulseAudio timing bugs (default: no). If enabled,  mpv  will  do
                     elaborate   latency   calculations  on  its  own.  If  disabled,  it  will  use  PulseAudio
                     automatically updated timing information. Disabling this might  help  with  e.g.  networked
                     audio  or some plugins, while enabling it might help in some unknown situations (it used to
                     be required to get good behavior on old PulseAudio versions).

                     If  you  have  stuttering  video  when  using  pulse,  try  to  enable  this  option.   (Or
                     alternatively, try to update PulseAudio.)

       dsound (Windows only)
              DirectX DirectSound audio output driver

              NOTE:
                 This driver is for compatibility with old systems.

              device=<devicenum>
                     Sets  the  device  number  to  use.  Playing  a  file with -v will show a list of available
                     devices.

              buffersize=<ms>
                     DirectSound buffer size in milliseconds (default: 200).

       sdl    SDL 1.2+ audio output driver. Should work on any platform supported by SDL 1.2,  but  may  require
              the SDL_AUDIODRIVER environment variable to be set appropriately for your system.

              NOTE:
                 This  driver  is  for  compatibility with extremely foreign environments, such as systems where
                 none of the other drivers are available.

              buflen=<length>
                     Sets the audio buffer length in seconds. Is used only  as  a  hint  by  the  sound  system.
                     Playing a file with -v will show the requested and obtained exact buffer size. A value of 0
                     selects the sound system default.

              bufcnt=<count>
                     Sets the number of extra audio buffers in mpv. Usually needs not be changed.

       null   Produces  no  audio  output  but  maintains  video  playback  speed.  Use  --ao=null:untimed   for
              benchmarking.

              untimed
                     Do not simulate timing of a perfect audio device. This means audio decoding will go as fast
                     as possible, instead of timing it to the system clock.

              buffer Simulated buffer length in seconds.

              outburst
                     Simulated chunk size in samples.

              speed  Simulated audio playback speed as a multiplier. Usually, a real audio device  will  not  go
                     exactly  as  fast as the system clock. It will deviate just a little, and this option helps
                     simulating this.

              latency
                     Simulated device latency. This is additional to EOF.

              broken-eof
                     Simulate broken audio drivers, which always add the fixed device latency  to  the  reported
                     audio playback position.

              broken-delay
                     Simulate broken audio drivers, which don't report latency correctly.

              channel-layouts
                     If not empty, this is a , separated list of channel layouts the AO allows. This can be used
                     to test channel layout selection.

       pcm    Raw PCM/WAVE file writer audio output

              (no-)waveheader
                     Include or do not include the WAVE header (default: included). When not included,  raw  PCM
                     will be generated.

              file=<filename>
                     Write  the  sound  to  <filename> instead of the default audiodump.wav. If no-waveheader is
                     specified, the default is audiodump.pcm.

              (no-)append
                     Append to the file, instead of overwriting it.  Always  use  this  with  the  no-waveheader
                     option  -  with  waveheader it's broken, because it will write a WAVE header every time the
                     file is opened.

       rsound Audio output to an RSound daemon

              NOTE:
                 Completely useless, unless you intend to run RSound. Not to be confused with  RoarAudio,  which
                 is something completely different.

              host=<name/path>
                     Set  the  address of the server (default: localhost).  Can be either a network hostname for
                     TCP connections or a Unix domain socket path starting with '/'.

              port=<number>
                     Set the TCP port used  for  connecting  to  the  server  (default:  12345).   Not  used  if
                     connecting to a Unix domain socket.

       sndio  Audio output to the OpenBSD sndio sound system

              NOTE:
                 Experimental. There are known bugs and issues.

              (Note: only supports mono, stereo, 4.0, 5.1 and 7.1 channel layouts.)

              device=<device>
                     sndio device to use (default: $AUDIODEVICE, resp. snd0).

       wasapi Audio output to the Windows Audio Session API.

              exclusive
                     Requests  exclusive,  direct  hardware access. By definition prevents sound playback of any
                     other program until mpv exits.

              device=<id>
                     Uses the requested endpoint instead of the system's default audio endpoint. Both an ordinal
                     number  (0,1,2,...)  and  the  GUID  String are valid; the GUID string is guaranteed to not
                     change unless the driver is uninstalled.

                     Also supports searching active devices by human readable name.  If  more  than  one  device
                     matches the name, refuses loading it.

                     This  option is mostly deprecated in favour of the more general --audio-device option. That
                     said, --audio-device=help will give a list of valid device GUIDs (prefixed  with  wasapi/),
                     as well as their human readable names, which should work here.

VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS

       Video output drivers are interfaces to different video output facilities. The syntax is:

       --vo=<driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of video output drivers to be used.

       If  the  list has a trailing ',', mpv will fall back on drivers not contained in the list. Suboptions are
       optional and can mostly be omitted.

       You can also set defaults for each driver. The defaults are applied before the normal driver parameters.

       --vo-defaults=<driver1[:parameter1:parameter2:...],driver2,...>
              Set defaults for each driver.

       NOTE:
          See --vo=help for a list of compiled-in video output drivers.

          The recommended output driver is --vo=opengl-hq. All other drivers are for  compatibility  or  special
          purposes.  By  default,  --vo=opengl  is  used,  but if that appears not to work, it fallback to other
          drivers (in the same order as listed by --vo=help).

       Available video output drivers are:

       xv (X11 only)
              Uses the XVideo extension to enable hardware-accelerated display. This is the most  compatible  VO
              on X, but may be low-quality, and has issues with OSD and subtitle display.

              NOTE:
                 This driver is for compatibility with old systems.

              adaptor=<number>
                     Select a specific XVideo adapter (check xvinfo results).

              port=<number>
                     Select a specific XVideo port.

              ck=<cur|use|set>
                     Select the source from which the color key is taken (default: cur).

                     cur    The default takes the color key currently set in Xv.

                     use    Use but do not set the color key from mpv (use the --colorkey option to change it).

                     set    Same as use but also sets the supplied color key.

              ck-method=<man|bg|auto>
                     Sets the color key drawing method (default: man).

                     man    Draw the color key manually (reduces flicker in some cases).

                     bg     Set the color key as window background.

                     auto   Let Xv draw the color key.

              colorkey=<number>
                     Changes  the  color  key  to an RGB value of your choice. 0x000000 is black and 0xffffff is
                     white.

              no-colorkey
                     Disables color-keying.

              buffers=<number>
                     Number of image buffers to use for the internal ringbuffer (default: 2).   Increasing  this
                     will  use  more  memory,  but might help with the X server not responding quickly enough if
                     video FPS is close to or higher than the display refresh rate.

       x11 (X11 only)
              Shared memory video output driver  without  hardware  acceleration  that  works  whenever  X11  is
              present.

              NOTE:
                 This is a fallback only, and should not be normally used.

       vdpau (X11 only)
              Uses  the  VDPAU interface to display and optionally also decode video.  Hardware decoding is used
              with --hwdec=vdpau.

              NOTE:
                 Earlier  versions  of  mpv  (and  MPlayer,  mplayer2)  provided  sub-options  to   tune   vdpau
                 post-processing,   like   deint,  sharpen,  denoise,  chroma-deint,  pullup,  hqscaling.  These
                 sub-options are deprecated, and you should use the vdpaupp video filter instead.

              sharpen=<-1-1>
                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     For positive values, apply a sharpening algorithm to  the  video,  for  negative  values  a
                     blurring algorithm (default: 0).

              denoise=<0-1>
                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     Apply a noise reduction algorithm to the video (default: 0; no noise reduction).

              deint=<-4-4>
                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     Select deinterlacing mode (default: 0). In older versions (as well as MPlayer/mplayer2) you
                     could  use  this  option  to  enable  deinterlacing.   This  doesn't  work   anymore,   and
                     deinterlacing  is  enabled  with  either  the d key (by default mapped to the command cycle
                     deinterlace), or the --deinterlace option. Also, to select  the  default  deint  mode,  you
                     should   use  something  like  --vf-defaults=vdpaupp:deint-mode=temporal  instead  of  this
                     sub-option.

                     0      Pick the vdpaupp video filter default, which corresponds to 3.

                     1      Show only first field.

                     2      Bob deinterlacing.

                     3      Motion-adaptive temporal deinterlacing. May lead  to  A/V  desync  with  slow  video
                            hardware and/or high resolution.

                     4      Motion-adaptive temporal deinterlacing with edge-guided spatial interpolation. Needs
                            fast video hardware.

              chroma-deint
                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     Makes  temporal  deinterlacers  operate  both  on   luma   and   chroma   (default).    Use
                     no-chroma-deint  to  solely  use luma and speed up advanced deinterlacing. Useful with slow
                     video memory.

              pullup (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     Try to apply inverse telecine, needs motion adaptive temporal deinterlacing.

              hqscaling=<0-9>
                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     0      Use default VDPAU scaling (default).

                     1-9    Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware).

              fps=<number>
                     Override autodetected display refresh rate value (the value  is  needed  for  framedrop  to
                     allow  video  playback  rates  higher  than display refresh rate, and for vsync-aware frame
                     timing  adjustments).  Default  0  means  use  autodetected  value.  A  positive  value  is
                     interpreted  as a refresh rate in Hz and overrides the autodetected value. A negative value
                     disables all timing adjustment and framedrop logic.

              composite-detect
                     NVIDIA's current VDPAU implementation behaves  somewhat  differently  under  a  compositing
                     window  manager  and  does  not  give  accurate  frame timing information. With this option
                     enabled, the player tries to detect whether a compositing window manager is active. If  one
                     is detected, the player disables timing adjustments as if the user had specified fps=-1 (as
                     they would be based on incorrect input). This means timing is somewhat less  accurate  than
                     without  compositing,  but with the composited mode behavior of the NVIDIA driver, there is
                     no hard playback speed limit even without the  disabled  logic.  Enabled  by  default,  use
                     no-composite-detect to disable.

              queuetime_windowed=<number> and queuetime_fs=<number>
                     Use  VDPAU's  presentation  queue functionality to queue future video frame changes at most
                     this many milliseconds in advance (default: 50).  See below for additional information.

              output_surfaces=<2-15>
                     Allocate this many output surfaces to display video frames  (default:  3).  See  below  for
                     additional information.

              colorkey=<#RRGGBB|#AARRGGBB>
                     Set  the  VDPAU presentation queue background color, which in practice is the colorkey used
                     if VDPAU operates in overlay mode (default: #020507, some shade of  black).  If  the  alpha
                     component  of  this  value  is 0, the default VDPAU colorkey will be used instead (which is
                     usually green).

              force-yuv
                     Never accept RGBA input. This means mpv will insert a filter to convert  to  a  YUV  format
                     before  the  VO.  Sometimes useful to force availability of certain YUV-only features, like
                     video equalizer or deinterlacing.

              Using the VDPAU frame queuing functionality controlled by the queuetime options makes mpv's  frame
              flip  timing  less sensitive to system CPU load and allows mpv to start decoding the next frame(s)
              slightly earlier, which can reduce jitter caused by individual slow-to-decode frames. However, the
              NVIDIA  graphics  drivers  can  make other window behavior such as window moves choppy if VDPAU is
              using the blit queue (mainly happens if you have the composite extension enabled) and this feature
              is  active. If this happens on your system and it bothers you then you can set the queuetime value
              to 0 to disable this feature. The settings to use in windowed and  fullscreen  mode  are  separate
              because  there should be no reason to disable this for fullscreen mode (as the driver issue should
              not affect the video itself).

              You can queue more frames ahead by increasing the queuetime values and the  output_surfaces  count
              (to  ensure  enough  surfaces  to  buffer video for a certain time ahead you need at least as many
              surfaces as the video has frames during that time, plus two). This could help make video  smoother
              in  some  cases.  The  main  downsides  are  increased video RAM requirements for the surfaces and
              laggier display response to user commands (display changes only become  visible  some  time  after
              they're  queued). The graphics driver implementation may also have limits on the length of maximum
              queuing time or number of queued surfaces that work well or at all.

       direct3d_shaders (Windows only)
              Video output driver that uses the Direct3D interface.

              NOTE:
                 This driver is for compatibility with systems that don't provide proper OpenGL drivers.

              prefer-stretchrect
                     Use IDirect3DDevice9::StretchRect over other methods if possible.

              disable-stretchrect
                     Never render the video using IDirect3DDevice9::StretchRect.

              disable-textures
                     Never render the video using D3D texture rendering. Rendering with textures +  shader  will
                     still be allowed. Add disable-shaders to completely disable video rendering with textures.

              disable-shaders
                     Never use shaders when rendering video.

              only-8bit
                     Never  render  YUV  video  with more than 8 bits per component.  Using this flag will force
                     software conversion to 8-bit.

              disable-texture-align
                     Normally texture sizes are always aligned to  16.  With  this  option  enabled,  the  video
                     texture will always have exactly the same size as the video itself.

              Debug  options. These might be incorrect, might be removed in the future, might crash, might cause
              slow downs, etc. Contact the developers if you actually need  any  of  these  for  performance  or
              proper operation.

              force-power-of-2
                     Always  force  textures  to  power  of 2, even if the device reports non-power-of-2 texture
                     sizes as supported.

              texture-memory=<mode>
                     Only affects operation with shaders/texturing enabled, and (E)OSD.  Possible values:

                     default (default)
                            Use D3DPOOL_DEFAULT, with a D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM texture for  locking.  If  the  driver
                            supports D3DDEVCAPS_TEXTURESYSTEMMEMORY, D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM is used directly.

                     default-pool
                            Use D3DPOOL_DEFAULT. (Like default, but never use a shadow-texture.)

                     default-pool-shadow
                            Use  D3DPOOL_DEFAULT,  with  a D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM texture for locking. (Like default,
                            but always force the shadow-texture.)

                     managed
                            Use D3DPOOL_MANAGED.

                     scratch
                            Use D3DPOOL_SCRATCH, with a D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM texture for locking.

              swap-discard
                     Use D3DSWAPEFFECT_DISCARD, which might be faster.  Might be slower too, as it must(?) clear
                     every frame.

              exact-backbuffer
                     Always resize the backbuffer to window size.

       direct3d (Windows only)
              Same as direct3d_shaders, but with the options disable-textures and disable-shaders forced.

              NOTE:
                 This driver is for compatibility with old systems.

       opengl OpenGL video output driver. It supports extended scaling methods, dithering and color management.

              By  default,  it  tries  to  use  fast and fail-safe settings. Use the alias opengl-hq to use this
              driver with defaults set to high quality rendering.

              Requires at least OpenGL 2.1.

              Some features are available with OpenGL 3 capable graphics  drivers  only  (or  if  the  necessary
              extensions are available).

              OpenGL ES 2.0 and 3.0 are supported as well.

              Hardware  decoding  over  OpenGL-interop is supported to some degree. Note that in this mode, some
              corner case might not be gracefully handled, and color space conversion and chroma  upsampling  is
              generally in the hand of the hardware decoder APIs.

              opengl  makes  use  of FBOs by default. Sometimes you can achieve better quality or performance by
              changing the fbo-format suboption to rgb16f, rgb32f or rgb. Known problems include Mesa/Intel  not
              accepting  rgb16,  Mesa  sometimes  not  being  compiled with float texture support, and some OS X
              setups being very slow with rgb16 but fast with rgb32f. If you have problems,  you  can  also  try
              passing the dumb-mode=yes sub-option.

              dumb-mode=<yes|no>
                     This  mode  is  extremely  restricted, and will disable most extended OpenGL features. This
                     includes high quality scalers and custom shaders!

                     It is intended for hardware that does not support FBOs (including GLES, which  supports  it
                     insufficiently), or to get some more performance out of bad or old hardware.

                     This  mode  is  forced  automatically  if  needed,  and  this  option  is mostly useful for
                     debugging. It's also enabled automatically if nothing uses features which require FBOs.

                     This option might be silently removed in the future.

              scale=<filter>

                 bilinear
                        Bilinear hardware texture filtering (fastest, very low quality).  This  is  the  default
                        for compatibility reasons.

                 spline36
                        Mid quality and speed. This is the default when using opengl-hq.

                 lanczos
                        Lanczos  scaling.  Provides mid quality and speed. Generally worse than spline36, but it
                        results in a slightly sharper image which is good for some content types. The number  of
                        taps can be controlled with scale-radius, but is best left unchanged.

                        This  filter  corresponds to the old lanczos3 alias if the default radius is used, while
                        lanczos2 corresponds to a radius of 2.

                        (This filter is an alias for sinc-windowed sinc)

                 ewa_lanczos
                        Elliptic weighted average Lanczos scaling. Also known as  Jinc.   Relatively  slow,  but
                        very good quality. The radius can be controlled with scale-radius. Increasing the radius
                        makes the filter sharper but adds more ringing.

                        (This filter is an alias for jinc-windowed jinc)

                 ewa_lanczossharp
                        A slightly sharpened version of ewa_lanczos, preconfigured to use an  ideal  radius  and
                        parameter. If your hardware can run it, this is probably what you should use by default.

                 mitchell
                        Mitchell-Netravali.   The   B  and  C  parameters  can  be  set  with  scale-param1  and
                        scale-param2. This filter is very good at downscaling (see dscale).

                 oversample
                        A version of nearest  neighbour  that  (naively)  oversamples  pixels,  so  that  pixels
                        overlapping edges get linearly interpolated instead of rounded. This essentially removes
                        the small imperfections and judder artifacts caused by nearest-neighbour  interpolation,
                        in  exchange  for  adding  some blur. This filter is good at temporal interpolation, and
                        also known as "smoothmotion" (see tscale).

                 custom A user-defined custom shader (see scale-shader).

                 There are some more filters, but most are not as useful. For a  complete  list,  pass  help  as
                 value, e.g.:

                     mpv --vo=opengl:scale=help

              scale-param1=<value>, scale-param2=<value>
                     Set  filter  parameters. Ignored if the filter is not tunable.  Currently, this affects the
                     following filter parameters:

                     bcspline
                            Spline parameters (B and C). Defaults to 0.5 for both.

                     gaussian
                            Scale parameter (t). Increasing this makes the result blurrier.  Defaults to 1.

                     oversample
                            Minimum distance to an edge before interpolation is used. Setting  this  to  0  will
                            always  interpolate  edges,  whereas  setting it to 0.5 will never interpolate, thus
                            behaving as if the regular nearest neighbour algorithm was used. Defaults to 0.0.

              scale-blur=<value>
                     Kernel scaling factor (also known as a blur  factor).  Decreasing  this  makes  the  result
                     sharper,  increasing it makes it blurrier (default 0).  If set to 0, the kernel's preferred
                     blur factor is used. Note that setting this too low (eg. 0.5) leads to  bad  results.  It's
                     generally recommended to stick to values between 0.8 and 1.2.

              scale-radius=<value>
                     Set  radius for filters listed below, must be a float number between 0.5 and 16.0. Defaults
                     to the filter's preferred radius if not specified.
                        sinc and derivatives, jinc and derivatives, gaussian, box and triangle

                     Note that depending on filter implementation details and video scaling  ratio,  the  radius
                     that actually being used might be different (most likely being increased a bit).

              scale-antiring=<value>
                     Set  the  antiringing  strength.  This  tries to eliminate ringing, but can introduce other
                     artifacts in the process. Must be a float number between 0.0 and 1.0. The default value  of
                     0.0 disables antiringing entirely.

                     Note that this doesn't affect the special filters bilinear and bicubic_fast.

              scale-window=<window>
                     (Advanced  users  only) Choose a custom windowing function for the kernel.  Defaults to the
                     filter's preferred window if unset. Use  scale-window=help  to  get  a  list  of  supported
                     windowing functions.

              scale-wparam=<window>
                     (Advanced   users   only)  Configure  the  parameter  for  the  window  function  given  by
                     scale-window. Ignored if the window is not tunable.  Currently, this affects the  following
                     window parameters:

                     kaiser Window parameter (alpha). Defaults to 6.33.

                     blackman
                            Window parameter (alpha). Defaults to 0.16.

                     gaussian
                            Scale parameter (t). Increasing this makes the window wider.  Defaults to 1.

              scaler-lut-size=<4..10>
                     Set the size of the lookup texture for scaler kernels (default: 6).  The actual size of the
                     texture is 2^N for an option value of N.  So the lookup texture with  the  default  setting
                     uses 64 samples.

                     All  weights  are  bilinearly  interpolated  from  those samples, so increasing the size of
                     lookup table might improve the accuracy of scaler.

              scaler-resizes-only
                     Disable the scaler if the video image is not  resized.  In  that  case,  bilinear  is  used
                     instead  whatever  is set with scale. Bilinear will reproduce the source image perfectly if
                     no scaling is performed.  Note that this option never affects cscale.

              pbo    Enable use of PBOs. This is slightly  faster,  but  can  sometimes  lead  to  sporadic  and
                     temporary  image corruption (in theory, because reupload is not retried when it fails), and
                     perhaps actually triggers slower paths with drivers that don't support PBOs properly.

              dither-depth=<N|no|auto>
                     Set dither target depth to N. Default: no.

                     no     Disable any dithering done by mpv.

                     auto   Automatic selection. If output bit depth cannot be detected, 8  bits  per  component
                            are assumed.

                     8      Dither to 8 bit output.

                     Note  that  the depth of the connected video display device can not be detected. Often, LCD
                     panels will do dithering on their own, which conflicts with opengl's dithering and leads to
                     ugly output.

              dither-size-fruit=<2-8>
                     Set  the  size  of the dither matrix (default: 6). The actual size of the matrix is (2^N) x
                     (2^N) for an option value of N, so a value of 6 gives  a  size  of  64x64.  The  matrix  is
                     generated at startup time, and a large matrix can take rather long to compute (seconds).

                     Used in dither=fruit mode only.

              dither=<fruit|ordered|no>
                     Select  dithering  algorithm  (default: fruit). (Normally, the dither-depth option controls
                     whether dithering is enabled.)

              temporal-dither
                     Enable temporal dithering. (Only active if dithering is enabled in general.)  This  changes
                     between  8  different  dithering  pattern  on each frame by changing the orientation of the
                     tiled dithering matrix.  Unfortunately, this can lead to flicker  on  LCD  displays,  since
                     these have a high reaction time.

              temporal-dither-period=<1-128>
                     Determines  how  often  the  dithering pattern is updated when temporal-dither is in use. 1
                     (the default) will update on every video frame, 2 on every other frame, etc.

              debug  Check for OpenGL errors, i.e. call glGetError(). Also request a debug OpenGL context (which
                     does nothing with current graphics drivers as of this writing).

              interpolation
                     Reduce  stuttering  caused  by  mismatches  in the video fps and display refresh rate (also
                     known as judder).

                     WARNING:
                        This requires setting the --video-sync option to one of the display- modes, or  it  will
                        be silently disabled.  This was not required before mpv 0.14.0.

                     This  essentially attempts to interpolate the missing frames by convoluting the video along
                     the temporal axis. The filter used can be controlled using the tscale setting.

                     Note that this relies on vsync to work, see swapinterval for more information.

              swapinterval=<n>
                     Interval in displayed frames between two buffer swaps.  1 is equivalent to enable VSYNC,  0
                     to disable VSYNC. Defaults to 1 if not specified.

                     Note  that this depends on proper OpenGL vsync support. On some platforms and drivers, this
                     only works reliably when in fullscreen mode. It may also require driver-specific  hacks  if
                     using  multiple monitors, to ensure mpv syncs to the right one. Compositing window managers
                     can also lead to bad results, as can missing or  incorrect  display  FPS  information  (see
                     --display-fps).

              dscale=<filter>
                     Like  scale,  but  apply these filters on downscaling instead. If this option is unset, the
                     filter implied by scale will be applied.

              cscale=<filter>
                     As scale, but for interpolating chroma information. If the image is  not  subsampled,  this
                     option is ignored entirely.

              tscale=<filter>
                     The  filter  used  for  interpolating  the  temporal  axis  (frames).  This is only used if
                     interpolation is enabled. The only valid  choices  for  tscale  are  separable  convolution
                     filters (use tscale=help to get a list). The default is mitchell.

                     Note  that  the  maximum  supported filter radius is currently 3, due to limitations in the
                     number of video textures that can be loaded simultaneously.

              tscale-clamp
                     Clamp the tscale filter kernel's value range  to  [0-1].  This  reduces  excessive  ringing
                     artifacts  in  the temporal domain (which typically manifest themselves as short flashes or
                     fringes of black, mostly around moving edges) in exchange for potentially adding more blur.

              dscale-radius, cscale-radius, tscale-radius, etc.
                     Set filter parameters for dscale, cscale and tscale, respectively.

                     See the corresponding options for scale.

              linear-scaling
                     Scale in linear light. It should only be used with a fbo-format that has at  least  16  bit
                     precision.

              correct-downscaling
                     When  using  convolution  based filters, extend the filter size when downscaling. Increases
                     quality, but reduces performance while downscaling.

                     This will perform slightly sub-optimally  for  anamorphic  video  (but  still  better  than
                     without  it)  since  it  will extend the size to match only the milder of the scale factors
                     between the axes.

              prescale=<filter>
                     This option provides non-convolution-based filters for upscaling. These filters resize  the
                     video to multiple of the original size (all currently supported prescalers can only perform
                     image doubling in a single pass).  Generally another convolution  based  filter  (the  main
                     scaler) will be applied after prescaler to match the target display size.

                     none   Disable all prescalers. This is the default.

                     superxbr
                            A relatively fast prescaler originally developed for pixel art.

                            Some  parameters  can  be  tuned  with superxbr-sharpness and superxbr-edge-strength
                            options.

                     nnedi3 An artificial neural network based  deinterlacer,  which  can  be  used  to  upscale
                            images.

                            Extremely  slow and requires a recent mid or high end graphics card to work smoothly
                            (as of 2015).

                     Note that all the filters above are designed (or implemented) to process  luma  plane  only
                     and probably won't work as intended for video in RGB format.

              prescale-passes=<1..5>
                     The  number  of  passes  to  apply  the  prescaler (defaults to be 1). Setting it to 2 will
                     perform a 4x upscaling.

              prescale-downscaling-threshold=<0..32>
                     This option prevents "overkill" use of prescalers, which can be caused by misconfiguration,
                     or  user  trying  to play a video with much larger size. With this option, user can specify
                     the maximal allowed downscaling ratio in both dimension.  To  satisfy  it,  the  number  of
                     passes for prescaler will be reduced, and if necessary prescaler could also be disabled.

                     The  default value is 2.0, and should be able to prevent most seemingly unreasonable use of
                     prescalers. Most user would probably want to set it to a smaller value between 1.0 and  1.5
                     for better performance.

                     A value less than 1.0 will disable the check.

              nnedi3-neurons=<16|32|64|128>
                     Specify  the  neurons  for  nnedi3  prescaling  (defaults  to be 32). The rendering time is
                     expected to be linear to the number of neurons.

              nnedi3-window=<8x4|8x6>
                     Specify the size of local window for sampling in nnedi3 prescaling (defaults  to  be  8x4).
                     The 8x6 window produces sharper images, but is also slower.

              nnedi3-upload=<ubo|shader>
                     Specify how to upload the NN weights to GPU. Depending on the graphics card, driver, shader
                     compiler and nnedi3 settings, both method can be faster or slower.

                     ubo    Upload these weights via uniform buffer objects.  This  is  the  default.  (requires
                            OpenGL 3.1 / GLES 3.0)

                     shader Hard  code  all the weights into the shader source code. (requires OpenGL 3.3 / GLES
                            3.0)

              pre-shaders=<files>, post-shaders=<files>, scale-shader=<file>
                     Custom GLSL fragment shaders.

                     pre-shaders (list)
                            These get applied after conversion to RGB and before  linearization  and  upscaling.
                            Operates  on  non-linear  RGB  (same as input). This is the best place to put things
                            like sharpen filters.

                     scale-shader
                            This gets used instead of scale/cscale when those options are  set  to  custom.  The
                            colorspace   it   operates   on   depends   on  the  values  of  linear-scaling  and
                            sigmoid-upscaling, so no assumptions should be made here.

                     post-shaders (list)
                            These get applied after upscaling and subtitle  blending  (when  blend-subtitles  is
                            enabled),  but before color management.  Operates on linear RGB if linear-scaling is
                            in effect,  otherwise  non-linear  RGB.  This  is  the  best  place  for  colorspace
                            transformations (eg. saturation mapping).

                     These files must define a function with the following signature:

                        vec4 sample(sampler2D tex, vec2 pos, vec2 tex_size)

                     The meanings of the parameters are as follows:

                     sampler2D tex
                            The source texture for the shader.

                     vec2 pos
                            The position to be sampled, in coordinate space [0-1].

                     vec2 tex_size
                            The  size  of  the  texture,  in  pixels.  This  may differ from image_size, eg. for
                            subsampled content or for post-shaders.

                     In addition to these parameters, the following uniforms are also globally available:

                     float random
                            A random number in the range [0-1], different per frame.

                     int frame
                            A simple count of frames rendered, increases by  one  per  frame  and  never  resets
                            (regardless of seeks).

                     vec2 image_size
                            The size in pixels of the input image.

                     For example, a shader that inverts the colors could look like this:

                        vec4 sample(sampler2D tex, vec2 pos, vec2 tex_size)
                        {
                            vec4 color = texture(tex, pos);
                            return vec4(1.0 - color.rgb, color.a);
                        }

              deband Enable  the  debanding  algorithm.  This  greatly  reduces  the  amount of visible banding,
                     blocking and other quantization artifacts, at the expensive of very slightly blurring  some
                     of  the finest details. In practice, it's virtually always an improvement - the only reason
                     to disable it would be for performance.

              deband-iterations=<1..16>
                     The number of debanding steps to perform per sample. Each step reduces a bit more  banding,
                     but  takes  time to compute. Note that the strength of each step falls off very quickly, so
                     high numbers (>4) are practically useless. (Default 1)

              deband-threshold=<0..4096>
                     The debanding filter's cut-off threshold. Higher numbers increase  the  debanding  strength
                     dramatically but progressively diminish image details. (Default 64)

              deband-range=<1..64>
                     The  debanding filter's initial radius. The radius increases linearly for each iteration. A
                     higher radius will find more gradients, but a lower radius will smooth  more  aggressively.
                     (Default 16)

                     If you increase the deband-iterations, you should probably decrease this to compensate.

              deband-grain=<0..4096>
                     Add some extra noise to the image. This significantly helps cover up remaining quantization
                     artifacts. Higher numbers add more noise.  (Default 48)

              sigmoid-upscaling
                     When upscaling, use a sigmoidal color transform to  avoid  emphasizing  ringing  artifacts.
                     This also implies linear-scaling.

              sigmoid-center
                     The center of the sigmoid curve used for sigmoid-upscaling, must be a float between 0.0 and
                     1.0. Defaults to 0.75 if not specified.

              sigmoid-slope
                     The slope of the sigmoid curve used for sigmoid-upscaling, must be a float between 1.0  and
                     20.0. Defaults to 6.5 if not specified.

              sharpen=<value>
                     If  set  to  a  value other than 0, enable an unsharp masking filter.  Positive values will
                     sharpen the image (but add more ringing and aliasing). Negative values will blur the image.
                     If  your  GPU  is  powerful  enough,  consider alternatives like the ewa_lanczossharp scale
                     filter, or the scale-blur sub-option.

                     (This feature is the replacement for the old sharpen3 and sharpen5 scalers.)

              glfinish
                     Call glFinish() before and after swapping buffers (default: disabled).  Slower,  but  might
                     help getting better results when doing framedropping.  Can completely ruin performance. The
                     details depend entirely on the OpenGL driver.

              waitvsync
                     Call glXWaitVideoSyncSGI after each buffer swap (default: disabled).  This may or  may  not
                     help  with video timing accuracy and frame drop. It's possible that this makes video output
                     slower, or has no effect at all.

                     X11/GLX only.

              vsync-fences=<N>
                     Synchronize the CPU to the Nth past frame using the GL_ARB_sync extension.  A  value  of  0
                     disables  this  behavior  (default).  A value of 1 means it will synchronize to the current
                     frame after rendering it.  Like glfinish and waitvsync, this can lower or ruin performance.
                     Its  advantage  is  that  it  can span multiple frames, and effectively limit the number of
                     frames the GPU queues ahead (which also has an influence on vsync).

              dwmflush=<no|windowed|yes|auto>
                     Calls  DwmFlush  after  swapping  buffers  on  Windows  (default:  auto).   It  also   sets
                     SwapInterval(0)  to  ignore the OpenGL timing. Values are: no (disabled), windowed (only in
                     windowed mode), yes (also in full screen).

                     The value auto will try to determine whether the compositor is active, and  calls  DwmFlush
                     only if it seems to be.

                     This  may  help  getting  more consistent frame intervals, especially with high-fps clips -
                     which might also reduce dropped frames. Typically a value  of  windowed  should  be  enough
                     since full screen may bypass the DWM.

                     Windows only.

              sw     Continue even if a software renderer is detected.

              backend=<sys>
                     The value auto (the default) selects the windowing backend. You can also pass help to get a
                     complete list of compiled in backends (sorted by autoprobe order).

                     auto   auto-select (default)

                     cocoa  Cocoa/OS X

                     win    Win32/WGL

                     angle  Direct3D11 through the OpenGL ES  translation  layer  ANGLE.  This  supports  almost
                            everything  the  win  backend does, except ICC profiles, high bit depth video input,
                            and the nnedi3 prescaler.

                     dxinterop (experimental)
                            Win32, using WGL for rendering and Direct3D 9Ex for presentation.  Works  on  Nvidia
                            and AMD only.

                     x11    X11/GLX

                     wayland
                            Wayland/EGL

                     drm-egl
                            DRM/EGL

                     x11egl X11/EGL

              es=<mode>
                     Select whether to use GLES:

                     yes    Try to prefer ES over Desktop GL

                     no     Try to prefer desktop GL over ES

                     auto   Use the default for each backend (default)

              fbo-format=<fmt>
                     Selects the internal format of textures used for FBOs. The format can influence performance
                     and quality of the video output.  fmt can be one of:  rgb,  rgba,  rgb8,  rgb10,  rgb10_a2,
                     rgb16,  rgb16f,  rgb32f,  rgba12,  rgba16,  rgba16f, rgba32f.  Default: auto, which maps to
                     rgba16 on desktop GL, and rgb10_a2 on GLES (e.g. ANGLE).

              gamma=<0.1..2.0>
                     Set a gamma value (default: 1.0). If gamma is adjusted in other ways (like with the --gamma
                     option  or  key  bindings  and  the gamma property), the value is multiplied with the other
                     gamma value.

                     Recommended values based on the environmental brightness:

                     1.0    Brightly illuminated (default)

                     0.9    Slightly dim

                     0.8    Pitch black room

              gamma-auto
                     Automatically corrects the gamma value depending on ambient lighting conditions  (adding  a
                     gamma boost for dark rooms).

                     With  ambient  illuminance  of  64lux,  mpv  will  pick the 1.0 gamma value (no boost), and
                     slightly increase the boost up until 0.8 for 16lux.

                     NOTE: Only implemented on OS X.

              target-prim=<value>
                     Specifies the primaries of the display. Video colors will be adapted to this colorspace  if
                     necessary. Valid values are:

                     auto   Disable any adaptation (default)

                     bt.470m
                            ITU-R BT.470 M

                     bt.601-525
                            ITU-R BT.601 (525-line SD systems, eg. NTSC), SMPTE 170M/240M

                     bt.601-625
                            ITU-R BT.601 (625-line SD systems, eg. PAL/SECAM), ITU-R BT.470 B/G

                     bt.709 ITU-R BT.709 (HD), IEC 61966-2-4 (sRGB), SMPTE RP177 Annex B

                     bt.2020
                            ITU-R BT.2020 (UHD)

                     apple  Apple RGB

                     adobe  Adobe RGB (1998)

                     prophoto
                            ProPhoto RGB (ROMM)

                     cie1931
                            CIE 1931 RGB (not to be confused with CIE XYZ)

              target-trc=<value>
                     Specifies  the  transfer  characteristics  (gamma)  of  the  display.  Video colors will be
                     adjusted to this curve. Valid values are:

                     auto   Disable any adaptation (default)

                     bt.1886
                            ITU-R BT.1886 curve, without the brightness drop (approx. 1.961)

                     srgb   IEC 61966-2-4 (sRGB)

                     linear Linear light output

                     gamma1.8
                            Pure power curve (gamma 1.8), also used for Apple RGB

                     gamma2.2
                            Pure power curve (gamma 2.2)

                     gamma2.8
                            Pure power curve (gamma 2.8), also used for BT.470-BG

                     prophoto
                            ProPhoto RGB (ROMM)

              icc-profile=<file>
                     Load an ICC profile and use it to transform linear RGB to screen output.  Needs LittleCMS 2
                     support compiled in. This option overrides the target-prim, target-trc and icc-profile-auto
                     options.

              icc-profile-auto
                     Automatically select the ICC display profile currently specified by the display settings of
                     the operating system.

                     NOTE:  On  Windows,  the  default  profile  must  be  an  ICC profile. WCS profiles are not
                     supported.

              icc-cache-dir=<dirname>
                     Store and load the 3D LUTs created from the ICC profile in this  directory.   This  can  be
                     used  to speed up loading, since LittleCMS 2 can take a while to create a 3D LUT. Note that
                     these files contain uncompressed LUTs.  Their size depends on the 3dlut-size,  and  can  be
                     very big.

                     NOTE:  This  is  not  cleaned  automatically,  so  old, unused cache files may stick around
                     indefinitely.

              icc-intent=<value>
                     Specifies the ICC intent used for the color transformation (when using icc-profile).

                     0      perceptual

                     1      relative colorimetric (default)

                     2      saturation

                     3      absolute colorimetric

              3dlut-size=<r>x<g>x<b>
                     Size of the 3D  LUT  generated  from  the  ICC  profile  in  each  dimension.   Default  is
                     128x256x64.  Sizes must be a power of two, and 512 at most.

              blend-subtitles=<yes|video|no>
                     Blend  subtitles  directly  onto  upscaled  video frames, before interpolation and/or color
                     management (default: no). Enabling this causes subtitles to  be  affected  by  icc-profile,
                     target-prim,  target-trc,  interpolation, gamma and post-shader. It also increases subtitle
                     performance when using interpolation.

                     The downside of enabling this is that it restricts subtitles to the visible portion of  the
                     video, so you can't have subtitles exist in the black margins below a video (for example).

                     If  video  is  selected,  the behavior is similar to yes, but subs are drawn at the video's
                     native resolution, and scaled along with the video.

                     WARNING:
                        This changes the way subtitle colors are handled. Normally, subtitle colors are  assumed
                        to  be  in  sRGB and color managed as such. Enabling this makes them treated as being in
                        the video's color space instead. This is good if you want  things  like  softsubbed  ASS
                        signs to match the video colors, but may cause SRT subtitles or similar to look slightly
                        off.

              alpha=<blend|yes|no>
                     Decides what to do if the input has an alpha component (default: blend).

                     blend  Blend the frame against a black background.

                     yes    Try to create a framebuffer with alpha component. This only makes sense if the video
                            contains  alpha  information  (which is extremely rare). May not be supported on all
                            platforms. If alpha framebuffers are unavailable, it silently falls back on a normal
                            framebuffer.  Note  that  if you set the fbo-format option to a non-default value, a
                            format with alpha must be specified, or this won't work.

                     no     Ignore alpha component.

              rectangle-textures
                     Force use of rectangle textures (default: no). Normally this shouldn't have any  advantages
                     over normal textures. Note that hardware decoding overrides this flag.

              background=<color>
                     Color  used  to  draw parts of the mpv window not covered by video.  See --osd-color option
                     how colors are defined.

       opengl-hq
              Same as opengl, but with default settings for high quality rendering.

              This is equivalent to:

                 --vo=opengl:scale=spline36:cscale=spline36:dscale=mitchell:dither-depth=auto:correct-downscaling:sigmoid-upscaling:pbo:deband:es=no

              Note that some cheaper  LCDs  do  dithering  that  gravely  interferes  with  opengl's  dithering.
              Disabling dithering with dither-depth=no helps.

       sdl    SDL  2.0+  Render  video output driver, depending on system with or without hardware acceleration.
              Should work on all platforms supported by SDL 2.0.  For tuning, refer to your  copy  of  the  file
              SDL_hints.h.

              NOTE:
                 This  driver  is  for compatibility with systems that don't provide proper graphics drivers, or
                 which support GLES only.

              sw     Continue even if a software renderer is detected.

              switch-mode
                     Instruct SDL to switch the monitor video mode when going fullscreen.

       vaapi  Intel VA API video output driver with support for hardware decoding. Note that there is absolutely
              no  reason  to  use this, other than wanting to use hardware decoding to save power on laptops, or
              possibly preventing video tearing with some setups.

              NOTE:
                 This driver is for compatibility with crappy systems. You can use vaapi hardware decoding  with
                 --vo=opengl too.

              scaling=<algorithm>

                     default
                            Driver default (mpv default as well).

                     fast   Fast, but low quality.

                     hq     Unspecified driver dependent high-quality scaling, slow.

                     nla    non-linear anamorphic scaling

              deint-mode=<mode>
                     Select deinterlacing algorithm. Note that by default deinterlacing is initially always off,
                     and needs to be enabled with the d key (default key binding for cycle deinterlace).

                     This option doesn't apply if libva supports video post processing (vpp).  In this case, the
                     default  for  deint-mode  is  no, and enabling deinterlacing via user interaction using the
                     methods mentioned above actually inserts the vavpp video filter. If  vpp  is  not  actually
                     supported  with  the  libva  backend  in use, you can use this option to forcibly enable VO
                     based deinterlacing.

                     no     Don't allow deinterlacing (default for newer libva).

                     first-field
                            Show only first field (going by --field-dominance).

                     bob    bob deinterlacing (default for older libva).

              scaled-osd=<yes|no>
                     If enabled, then the OSD is rendered at video resolution and scaled to display  resolution.
                     By  default,  this is disabled, and the OSD is rendered at display resolution if the driver
                     supports it.

       null   Produces no video output. Useful for benchmarking.

              Usually, it's better to disable video with --no-video instead.

              fps=<value>
                     Simulate display FPS. This artificially limits how many frames the VO accepts per second.

       caca   Color ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.

              NOTE:
                 This driver is a joke.

       image  Output each frame into an image file in the current directory. Each file takes  the  frame  number
              padded with leading zeros as name.

              format=<format>
                     Select the image file format.

                     jpg    JPEG files, extension .jpg. (Default.)

                     jpeg   JPEG files, extension .jpeg.

                     png    PNG files.

                     ppm    Portable bitmap format.

                     pgm    Portable graymap format.

                     pgmyuv Portable graymap format, using the YV12 pixel format.

                     tga    Truevision TGA.

              png-compression=<0-9>
                     PNG compression factor (speed vs. file size tradeoff) (default: 7)

              png-filter=<0-5>
                     Filter applied prior to PNG compression (0 = none; 1 = sub; 2 = up; 3 = average; 4 = Paeth;
                     5 = mixed) (default: 5)

              jpeg-quality=<0-100>
                     JPEG quality factor (default: 90)

              (no-)jpeg-progressive
                     Specify standard or progressive JPEG (default: no).

              (no-)jpeg-baseline
                     Specify use of JPEG baseline or not (default: yes).

              jpeg-optimize=<0-100>
                     JPEG optimization factor (default: 100)

              jpeg-smooth=<0-100>
                     smooth factor (default: 0)

              jpeg-dpi=<1->
                     JPEG DPI (default: 72)

              outdir=<dirname>
                     Specify the directory to save the image files to (default: ./).

       wayland (Wayland only)
              Wayland shared memory video output as fallback for opengl.

              NOTE:
                 This driver is for compatibility with systems that don't provide working OpenGL drivers.

              alpha  Use a buffer format that supports videos and images with alpha information

              rgb565 Use RGB565 as buffer format. This format is implemented on most  platforms,  especially  on
                     embedded where it is far more efficient then RGB8888.

              triple-buffering
                     Use 3 buffers instead of 2. This can lead to more fluid playback, but uses more memory.

       opengl-cb
              For   use   with   libmpv   direct   OpenGL  embedding;  useless  in  any  other  contexts.   (See
              <mpv/opengl_cb.h>.)

              This also supports many of the suboptions the opengl VO has. Run  mpv  --vo=opengl-cb:help  for  a
              list.

              This also supports the vo_cmdline command.

       rpi (Raspberry Pi)
              Native video output on the Raspberry Pi using the MMAL API.

              display=<number>
                     Select the display number on which the video overlay should be shown (default: 0).

              layer=<number>
                     Select  the  dispmanx layer on which the video overlay should be shown (default: -10). Note
                     that mpv will also use the 2  layers  above  the  selected  layer,  to  handle  the  window
                     background  and  OSD.  Actual  video  rendering will happen on the layer above the selected
                     layer.

              background=<yes|no>
                     Whether to render a black background behind the video (default: no).  Normally it's  better
                     to kill the console framebuffer instead, which gives better performance.

              osd=<yes|no>
                     Enabled  by  default.  If disabled with no, no OSD layer is created.  This also means there
                     will be no subtitles rendered.

       drm (Direct Rendering Manager)
              Video output driver using Kernel Mode Setting / Direct Rendering Manager.  Should be used when one
              doesn't  want  to  install full-blown graphical environment (e.g. no X). Does not support hardware
              acceleration (if you need this, check the drm-egl backend for opengl VO).

              connector=<number>
                     Select the connector to use (usually this is a monitor.) If set  to  -1,  mpv  renders  the
                     output on the first available connector. (default: -1)

              devpath=<filename>
                     Path to graphic card device.  (default: /dev/dri/card0)

              mode=<number>
                     Mode ID to use (resolution, bit depth and frame rate).  (default: 0)

AUDIO FILTERS

       Audio filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its properties. The syntax is:

       --af=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Setup a chain of audio filters.

       NOTE:
          To get a full list of available audio filters, see --af=help.

          Also,  keep  in  mind  that  most  actual filters are available via the lavfi wrapper, which gives you
          access to most of libavfilter's filters. This includes all filters that have been ported from  MPlayer
          to libavfilter.

       You can also set defaults for each filter. The defaults are applied before the normal filter parameters.

       --af-defaults=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Set defaults for each filter.

       Audio filters are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the filter list:

       --af-add=<filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       --af-pre=<filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       --af-del=<index1[,index2,...]>
              Deletes  the  filters at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0, negative numbers address the
              end of the list (-1 is the last).

       --af-clr
              Completely empties the filter list.

       Available filters are:

       lavrresample[=option1:option2:...]
              This filter uses libavresample (or libswresample, depending on the build) to change  sample  rate,
              sample format, or channel layout of the audio stream.  This filter is automatically enabled if the
              audio output does not support the audio configuration of the file being played.

              It supports only the following sample formats: u8, s16, s32, float.

              filter-size=<length>
                     Length of the filter with respect to the lower sampling rate. (default: 16)

              phase-shift=<count>
                     Log2 of the number of polyphase entries. (..., 10->1024, 11->2048, 12->4096, ...) (default:
                     10->1024)

              cutoff=<cutoff>
                     Cutoff frequency (0.0-1.0), default set depending upon filter length.

              linear If set then filters will be linearly interpolated between polyphase entries. (default: no)

              no-detach
                     Do  not  detach if input and output audio format/rate/channels match.  (If you just want to
                     set defaults for this filter that will be used even by automatically inserted  lavrresample
                     instances, you should prefer setting them with --af-defaults=lavrresample:....)

              normalize=<yes|no>
                     Whether  to  normalize  when  remixing channel layouts (default: yes). This is e.g. applied
                     when downmixing surround audio to stereo. The advantage is that  this  guarantees  that  no
                     clipping  can  happen.  Unfortunately, this can also lead to too low volume levels. Whether
                     you enable or disable this is essentially a matter of taste, but the default uses the safer
                     choice.

              o=<string>
                     Set  AVOptions  on  the SwrContext or AVAudioResampleContext. These should be documented by
                     FFmpeg or Libav.

       lavcac3enc[=tospdif[:bitrate[:minch]]]
              Encode multi-channel audio to AC-3 at runtime  using  libavcodec.  Supports  16-bit  native-endian
              input  format,  maximum  6  channels.  The output is big-endian when outputting a raw AC-3 stream,
              native-endian when outputting to S/PDIF. If the input sample rate is not 48 kHz, 44.1  kHz  or  32
              kHz, it will be resampled to 48 kHz.

              tospdif=<yes|no>
                     Output raw AC-3 stream if no, output to S/PDIF for pass-through if yes (default).

              bitrate=<rate>
                     The bitrate use for the AC-3 stream. Set it to 384 to get 384 kbps.

                     The default is 640. Some receivers might not be able to handle this.

                     Valid values: 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320, 384, 448, 512,
                     576, 640.

                     The special value auto selects a default bitrate based on the input channel number:

                     1ch    96

                     2ch    192

                     3ch    224

                     4ch    384

                     5ch    448

                     6ch    448

              minch=<n>
                     If the input channel number is less than <minch>, the filter will detach  itself  (default:
                     3).

       equalizer=g1:g2:g3:...:g10
              10  octave  band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR band-pass filters. This means that it
              works regardless of what type of audio is being played back. The center  frequencies  for  the  10
              bands are:

                                                      ┌────┬────────────┐
                                                      │No. │ frequency  │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │0   │ 31.25  Hz  │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │1   │ 62.50  Hz  │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │2   │ 125.00  Hz │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │3   │ 250.00  Hz │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │4   │ 500.00  Hz │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │5   │ 1.00 kHz   │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │6   │ 2.00 kHz   │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │7   │ 4.00 kHz   │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │8   │ 8.00 kHz   │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │9   │ 16.00 kHz  │
                                                      └────┴────────────┘

              If  the  sample  rate of the sound being played is lower than the center frequency for a frequency
              band, then that band will be disabled. A known bug with this filter is  that  the  characteristics
              for  the  uppermost  band  are  not completely symmetric if the sample rate is close to the center
              frequency of that band. This problem can  be  worked  around  by  upsampling  the  sound  using  a
              resampling filter before it reaches this filter.

              <g1>:<g2>:<g3>:...:<g10>
                     floating point numbers representing the gain in dB for each frequency band (-12-12)

                 Example

                 mpv --af=equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:-12:0:5:12:12 media.avi
                        Would  amplify  the  sound  in  the  upper and lower frequency region while canceling it
                        almost completely around 1 kHz.

       channels=nch[:routes]
              Can be used for adding, removing, routing and copying audio channels. If only <nch> is given,  the
              default routing is used. It works as follows: If the number of output channels is greater than the
              number of input channels, empty channels are inserted (except when mixing  from  mono  to  stereo;
              then  the mono channel is duplicated). If the number of output channels is less than the number of
              input channels, the exceeding channels are truncated.

              <nch>  number of output channels (1-8)

              <routes>
                     List of , separated routes, in the form from1-to1,from2-to2,....  Each pair  defines  where
                     to  route  each  channel. There can be at most 8 routes. Without this argument, the default
                     routing is used. Since , is also used to separate filters, you  must  quote  this  argument
                     with [...] or similar.

                 Examples

                 mpv --af=channels=4:[0-1,1-0,2-2,3-3] media.avi
                        Would  change  the  number  of channels to 4 and set up 4 routes that swap channel 0 and
                        channel 1 and leave channel 2 and 3  intact.   Observe  that  if  media  containing  two
                        channels  were  played  back,  channels  2 and 3 would contain silence but 0 and 1 would
                        still be swapped.

                 mpv --af=channels=6:[0-0,0-1,0-2,0-3] media.avi
                        Would change the number of channels to 6 and set up 4 routes  that  copy  channel  0  to
                        channels 0 to 3. Channel 4 and 5 will contain silence.

              NOTE:
                 You  should  probably not use this filter. If you want to change the output channel layout, try
                 the format filter, which can make mpv automatically up- and downmix standard channel layouts.

       format=format:srate:channels:out-format:out-srate:out-channels
              Does not do any format conversion itself. Rather,  it  may  cause  the  filter  system  to  insert
              necessary  conversion  filters  before  or after this filter if needed. It is primarily useful for
              controlling the audio format going into other filters. To specify the format for audio output, see
              --audio-format,  --audio-samplerate,  and  --audio-channels.  This  filter  is  able  to  force  a
              particular format, whereas --audio-* may be overridden by the ao based on output compatibility.

              All parameters are optional. The first 3 parameters restrict what the  filter  accepts  as  input.
              They  will therefore cause conversion filters to be inserted before this one.  The out- parameters
              tell the filters or audio outputs following this filter how to interpret the data without actually
              doing  a conversion. Setting these will probably just break things unless you really know you want
              this for some reason, such as testing or dealing with broken media.

              <format>
                     Force conversion to this format.  Use  --af=format=format=help  to  get  a  list  of  valid
                     formats.

              <srate>
                     Force conversion to a specific sample rate. The rate is an integer, 48000 for example.

              <channels>
                     Force mixing to a specific channel layout. See --audio-channels option for possible values.

              <out-format>

              <out-srate>

              <out-channels>

              NOTE:  this  filter  used  to  be named force. The old format filter used to do conversion itself,
              unlike this one which lets the filter system handle the conversion.

       volume[=<volumedb>[:...]]
              Implements software volume control. Use this filter with caution since it can reduce the signal to
              noise  ratio of the sound. In most cases it is best to use the Master volume control of your sound
              card or the volume knob on your amplifier.

              NOTE: This filter is not reentrant and can therefore only be enabled once for every audio stream.

              <volumedb>
                     Sets the desired gain in dB for all channels in the stream from -200 dB to  +60  dB,  where
                     -200 dB mutes the sound completely and +60 dB equals a gain of 1000 (default: 0).

              replaygain-track
                     Adjust  volume  gain  according  to  the  track-gain  replaygain  value  stored in the file
                     metadata.

              replaygain-album
                     Like replaygain-track, but using the album-gain value instead.

              replaygain-preamp
                     Pre-amplification gain in dB to apply to the selected replaygain gain (default: 0).

              replaygain-clip=yes|no
                     Prevent clipping caused by replaygain by automatically lowering  the  gain  (default).  Use
                     replaygain-clip=no to disable this.

              replaygain-fallback
                     Gain  in  dB to apply if the file has no replay gain tags. This option is always applied if
                     the replaygain logic is somehow inactive. If this is applied, no other  replaygain  options
                     are applied.

              softclip
                     Turns  soft  clipping  on. Soft-clipping can make the sound more smooth if very high volume
                     levels are used. Enable this option if the dynamic range of the loudspeakers is very low.

                     WARNING: This feature creates distortion and should be considered a last resort.

              s16    Force S16 sample format if set. Lower quality, but might be faster in some situations.

              detach Remove the filter if the volume is not changed at audio filter  config  time.  Useful  with
                     replaygain:  if the current file has no replaygain tags, then the filter will be removed if
                     this option is enabled.  (If --softvol=yes is used and the player volume controls are  used
                     during playback, a different volume filter will be inserted.)

                 Example

                 mpv --af=volume=10.1 media.avi
                        Would amplify the sound by 10.1 dB and hard-clip if the sound level is too high.

       pan=n:[<matrix>]
              Mixes channels arbitrarily. Basically a combination of the volume and the channels filter that can
              be used to down-mix many channels to only a few, e.g. stereo to mono, or vary the "width"  of  the
              center  speaker  in  a  surround  sound  system. This filter is hard to use, and will require some
              tinkering before the desired result is obtained. The number of options for this filter depends  on
              the  number  of output channels. An example how to downmix a six-channel file to two channels with
              this filter can be found in the examples section near the end.

              <n>    Number of output channels (1-8).

              <matrix>
                     A list of values [L00,L01,L02,...,L10,L11,L12,...,Ln0,Ln1,Ln2,...], where each element  Lij
                     means  how  much  of  input  channel  i  is  mixed into output channel j (range 0-1). So in
                     principle you first have n numbers saying what to do with the first input channel,  then  n
                     numbers  that  act  on  the second input channel etc. If you do not specify any numbers for
                     some input channels, 0 is assumed.  Note that the values  are  separated  by  ,,  which  is
                     already used by the option parser to separate filters. This is why you must quote the value
                     list with [...] or similar.

                 Examples

                 mpv --af=pan=1:[0.5,0.5] media.avi
                        Would downmix from stereo to mono.

                 mpv --af=pan=3:[1,0,0.5,0,1,0.5] media.avi
                        Would give 3 channel output leaving channels 0 and 1 intact, and mix channels  0  and  1
                        into output channel 2 (which could be sent to a subwoofer for example).

              NOTE:
                 If  you just want to force remixing to a certain output channel layout, it is easier to use the
                 format filter. For example, mpv '--af=format=channels=5.1' '--audio-channels=5.1' would  always
                 force remixing audio to 5.1 and output it like this.

       delay[=[ch1,ch2,...]]
              Delays  the  sound  to the loudspeakers such that the sound from the different channels arrives at
              the listening position simultaneously. It is only useful if you have more than 2 loudspeakers.

              [ch1,ch2,...]
                     The delay in ms that should be imposed on each channel (floating point number between 0 and
                     1000).

              To calculate the required delay for the different channels, do as follows:

              1. Measure  the  distance  to  the  loudspeakers in meters in relation to your listening position,
                 giving you the distances s1 to s5 (for a 5.1 system). There is no point in compensating for the
                 subwoofer (you will not hear the difference anyway).

              2. Subtract  the  distances  s1  to  s5 from the maximum distance, i.e.  s[i] = max(s) - s[i]; i =
                 1...5.

              3. Calculate the required delays in ms as d[i] = 1000*s[i]/342; i = 1...5.

                 Example

                 mpv --af=delay=[10.5,10.5,0,0,7,0] media.avi
                        Would delay front left and right by 10.5 ms, the two rear channels and the subwoofer  by
                        0 ms and the center channel by 7 ms.

       drc[=method:target]
              Applies  dynamic  range  compression.  This maximizes the volume by compressing the audio signal's
              dynamic range. (Formerly called volnorm.)

              <method>
                     Sets the used method.

                     1      Use a single sample to smooth the variations via the  standard  weighted  mean  over
                            past samples (default).

                     2      Use  several  samples  to  smooth the variations via the standard weighted mean over
                            past samples.

              <target>
                     Sets the target amplitude as a fraction of the maximum for the sample type (default: 0.25).

              NOTE:
                 This filter can cause distortion with audio signals that have a very large dynamic range.

       scaletempo[=option1:option2:...]
              Scales audio tempo without altering pitch, optionally synced to playback speed (default).

              This works by playing 'stride' ms of audio at normal speed then  consuming  'stride*scale'  ms  of
              input  audio. It pieces the strides together by blending 'overlap'% of stride with audio following
              the previous stride. It optionally performs a short statistical analysis on the next  'search'  ms
              of audio to determine the best overlap position.

              scale=<amount>
                     Nominal amount to scale tempo. Scales this amount in addition to speed. (default: 1.0)

              stride=<amount>
                     Length  in  milliseconds  to  output each stride. Too high of a value will cause noticeable
                     skips at high scale amounts and an echo at low scale amounts. Very low  values  will  alter
                     pitch. Increasing improves performance. (default: 60)

              overlap=<percent>
                     Percentage of stride to overlap. Decreasing improves performance.  (default: .20)

              search=<amount>
                     Length in milliseconds to search for best overlap position. Decreasing improves performance
                     greatly. On slow systems, you will probably want to set this very low. (default: 14)

              speed=<tempo|pitch|both|none>
                     Set response to speed change.

                     tempo  Scale tempo in sync with speed (default).

                     pitch  Reverses effect of filter. Scales pitch without altering tempo.  Add  this  to  your
                            input.conf to step by musical semi-tones:

                               [ multiply speed 0.9438743126816935
                               ] multiply speed 1.059463094352953

                            WARNING:
                               Loses sync with video.

                     both   Scale both tempo and pitch.

                     none   Ignore speed changes.

                 Examples

                 mpv --af=scaletempo --speed=1.2 media.ogg
                        Would  play  media  at  1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal pitch. Changing playback
                        speed would change audio tempo to match.

                 mpv --af=scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=none --speed=1.2 media.ogg
                        Would play media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal pitch, but changing playback
                        speed would have no effect on audio tempo.

                 mpv --af=scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10 media.ogg
                        Would tweak the quality and performance parameters.

                 mpv --af=format=float,scaletempo media.ogg
                        Would make scaletempo use float code. Maybe faster on some platforms.

                 mpv --af=scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg
                        Would  play  media  at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal pitch.  Changing playback
                        speed would change pitch, leaving audio tempo at 1.2x.

       rubberband
              High quality pitch correction with librubberband. This can be used in  place  of  scaletempo,  and
              will be used to adjust audio pitch when playing at speed different from normal.

              This  filter  has  a  number of sub-options. You can list them with mpv --af=rubberband=help. This
              will also show the default values for each option. The options are not  documented  here,  because
              they  are  merely  passed  to librubberband. Look at the librubberband documentation to learn what
              each                                         option                                          does:
              http://breakfastquay.com/rubberband/code-doc/classRubberBand_1_1RubberBandStretcher.html      (The
              mapping of the mpv rubberband filter sub-option names and values to those of librubberband follows
              a simple pattern: "Option" + Name + Value.)

       lavfi=graph
              Filter audio using FFmpeg's libavfilter.

              <graph>
                     Libavfilter graph. See lavfi video filter for details - the graph syntax is the same.

                     WARNING:
                        Don't forget to quote libavfilter graphs as described in the lavfi video filter section.

              o=<string>
                     AVOptions.

VIDEO FILTERS

       Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its properties. The syntax is:

       --vf=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Setup a chain of video filters.

       You can also set defaults for each filter. The defaults are applied before the normal filter parameters.

       --vf-defaults=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Set defaults for each filter.

       NOTE:
          To get a full list of available video filters, see --vf=help.

          Also,  keep  in  mind  that  most  actual filters are available via the lavfi wrapper, which gives you
          access to most of libavfilter's filters. This includes all filters that have been ported from  MPlayer
          to libavfilter.

       Video filters are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the filter list.

       --vf-add=<filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       --vf-pre=<filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       --vf-del=<index1[,index2,...]>
              Deletes  the  filters at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0, negative numbers address the
              end of the list (-1 is the last).

       --vf-clr
              Completely empties the filter list.

       With filters that support it, you can access parameters by their name.

       --vf=<filter>=help
              Prints the parameter names and parameter value ranges for a particular filter.

       --vf=<filter=named_parameter1=value1[:named_parameter2=value2:...]>
              Sets a named parameter to the given value. Use on and off or yes and no to set flag parameters.

       Available filters are:

       crop[=w:h:x:y]
              Crops the given part of the image and discards  the  rest.  Useful  to  remove  black  bands  from
              widescreen videos.

              <w>,<h>
                     Cropped width and height, defaults to original width and height.

              <x>,<y>
                     Position of the cropped picture, defaults to center.

       expand[=w:h:x:y:aspect:round]
              Expands  (not  scales)  video  resolution  to  the given value and places the unscaled original at
              coordinates x, y.

              <w>,<h>
                     Expanded width,height (default: original width,height). Negative values for  w  and  h  are
                     treated as offsets to the original size.

                        Example

                        expand=0:-50:0:0
                               Adds a 50 pixel border to the bottom of the picture.

              <x>,<y>
                     position of original image on the expanded image (default: center)

              <aspect>
                     Expands to fit an aspect instead of a resolution (default: 0).

                        Example

                        expand=800::::4/3
                               Expands  to  800x600,  unless  the  source is higher resolution, in which case it
                               expands to fill a 4/3 aspect.

              <round>
                     Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r> (default: 1).

       flip   Flips the image upside down.

       mirror Mirrors the image on the Y axis.

       rotate[=0|90|180|270]
              Rotates the image by a multiple of 90 degrees clock-wise.

       scale[=w:h:param:param2:chr-drop:noup:arnd
              Scales the image with the software scaler (slow) and performs a YUV<->RGB color  space  conversion
              (see also --sws).

              All parameters are optional.

              <w>:<h>
                     scaled width/height (default: original width/height)

                     0      scaled d_width/d_height

                     -1     original width/height

                     -2     Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the prescaled aspect ratio.

                     -3     Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original aspect ratio.

                     -(n+8) Like -n above, but rounding the dimension to the closest multiple of 16.

              <param>[:<param2>] (see also --sws)
                     Set some scaling parameters depending on the type of scaler selected with --sws:

                        --sws=2 (bicubic):  B (blurring) and C (ringing)
                            0.00:0.60 default
                            0.00:0.75 VirtualDub's "precise bicubic"
                            0.00:0.50 Catmull-Rom spline
                            0.33:0.33 Mitchell-Netravali spline
                            1.00:0.00 cubic B-spline

                        --sws=7 (Gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft) - 100 (sharp))

                        --sws=9 (Lanczos):  filter length (1-10)

              <chr-drop>
                     chroma skipping

                     0      Use all available input lines for chroma (default).

                     1      Use only every 2. input line for chroma.

                     2      Use only every 4. input line for chroma.

                     3      Use only every 8. input line for chroma.

              <noup> Disallow upscaling past the original dimensions.

                     0      Allow upscaling (default).

                     1      Disallow upscaling if one dimension exceeds its original value.

                     2      Disallow upscaling if both dimensions exceed their original values.

              <arnd> Accurate  rounding  for the vertical scaler, which may be faster or slower than the default
                     rounding.

                     no     Disable accurate rounding (default).

                     yes    Enable accurate rounding.

       dsize[=w:h:aspect-method:r:aspect]
              Changes the intended display size/aspect at an arbitrary point in the filter chain. Aspect can  be
              given  as  a  fraction  (4/3)  or floating point number (1.33). Alternatively, you may specify the
              exact display width and height desired. Note that this filter does not do any scaling  itself;  it
              just  affects  what  later scalers (software or hardware) will do when auto-scaling to the correct
              aspect.

              <w>,<h>
                     New display width and height.

                     Can also be these special values:

                     0      original display width and height

                     -1     original video width and height (default)

                     -2     Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original display aspect ratio.

                     -3     Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original video aspect ratio.

                        Example

                        dsize=800:-2
                               Specifies a display resolution of 800x600 for a 4/3 aspect video, or 800x450  for
                               a 16/9 aspect video.

              <aspect-method>
                     Modifies width and height according to original aspect ratios.

                     -1     Ignore original aspect ratio (default).

                     0      Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as maximum resolution.

                     1      Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as minimum resolution.

                     2      Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as maximum resolution.

                     3      Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as minimum resolution.

                        Example

                        dsize=800:600:0
                               Specifies  a  display resolution of at most 800x600, or smaller, in order to keep
                               aspect.

              <r>    Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r> (default: 1).

              <aspect>
                     Force an aspect ratio.

       format=fmt=<value>:colormatrix=<value>:...
              Restricts the color space for the next filter without doing any conversion.  Use together with the
              scale filter for a real conversion.

              NOTE:
                 For a list of available formats, see format=fmt=help.

              <fmt>  Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: don't change).

              <outfmt>
                     Format  name  that should be substituted for the output. If they do not have the same bytes
                     per pixel and chroma subsamplimg, it will fail.

              <colormatrix>
                     Controls the YUV to RGB color space  conversion  when  playing  video.  There  are  various
                     standards.  Normally, BT.601 should be used for SD video, and BT.709 for HD video. (This is
                     done by default.) Using incorrect color space results in slightly under or  over  saturated
                     and shifted colors.

                     These  options are not always supported. Different video outputs provide varying degrees of
                     support. The opengl and vdpau video output drivers  usually  offer  full  support.  The  xv
                     output  can  set  the color space if the system video driver supports it, but not input and
                     output levels. The scale video filter can configure color space and input levels, but  only
                     if  the output format is RGB (if the video output driver supports RGB output, you can force
                     this with -vf scale,format=rgba).

                     If this option is set to auto (which is the default), the video's color space flag will  be
                     used.  If  that flag is unset, the color space will be selected automatically. This is done
                     using a simple heuristic that attempts to distinguish SD and HD  video.  If  the  video  is
                     larger than 1279x576 pixels, BT.709 (HD) will be used; otherwise BT.601 (SD) is selected.

                     Available color spaces are:

                     auto   automatic selection (default)

                     bt.601 ITU-R BT.601 (SD)

                     bt.709 ITU-R BT.709 (HD)

                     bt.2020-ncl
                            ITU-R BT.2020 non-constant luminance system

                     bt.2020-cl
                            ITU-R BT.2020 constant luminance system

                     smpte-240m
                            SMPTE-240M

              <colorlevels>
                     YUV  color  levels  used  with  YUV  to  RGB conversion. This option is only necessary when
                     playing broken files which do not follow standard color levels or which are flagged  wrong.
                     If the video does not specify its color range, it is assumed to be limited range.

                     The same limitations as with <colormatrix> apply.

                     Available color ranges are:

                     auto   automatic selection (normally limited range) (default)

                     limited
                            limited range (16-235 for luma, 16-240 for chroma)

                     full   full range (0-255 for both luma and chroma)

              <primaries>
                        RGB  primaries the source file was encoded with. Normally this should be set in the file
                        header, but when playing broken or mistagged files this can  be  used  to  override  the
                        setting.

                        This option only affects video output drivers that perform color management, for example
                        opengl with the target-prim or icc-profile suboptions set.

                        If this option is set to auto (which is the default), the video's primaries flag will be
                        used.  If  that flag is unset, the color space will be selected automatically, using the
                        following heuristics: If the <colormatrix> is set or determined as  BT.2020  or  BT.709,
                        the  corresponding  primaries  are  used.  Otherwise, if the video height is exactly 576
                        (PAL), BT.601-625 is used. If it's exactly 480 or 486 (NTSC), BT.601-525 is used. If the
                        video resolution is anything else, BT.709 is used.

                        Available primaries are:

                        auto   automatic selection (default)

                        bt.601-525
                               ITU-R BT.601 (SD) 525-line systems (NTSC, SMPTE-C)

                        bt.601-625
                               ITU-R BT.601 (SD) 625-line systems (PAL, SECAM)

                        bt.709 ITU-R BT.709 (HD) (same primaries as sRGB)

                        bt.2020
                               ITU-R BT.2020 (UHD)

                        apple  Apple RGB

                        adobe  Adobe RGB (1998)

                        prophoto
                               ProPhoto RGB (ROMM)

                        cie1931
                               CIE 1931 RGB

                     <gamma>
                            Gamma  function the source file was encoded with. Normally this should be set in the
                            file header, but when playing broken or mistagged files this can be used to override
                            the setting.

                            This option only affects video output drivers that perform color management.

                            If  this  option  is  set  to  auto (which is the default), the gamma will be set to
                            BT.1886 for YCbCr content, sRGB for RGB content and Linear for XYZ content.

                            Available gamma functions are:

                            auto   automatic selection (default)

                            bt.1886
                                   ITU-R BT.1886 (approximation of BT.601/BT.709/BT.2020 curve)

                            srgb   IEC 61966-2-4 (sRGB)

                            linear Linear light

                            gamma1.8
                                   Pure power curve (gamma 1.8)

                            gamma2.2
                                   Pure power curve (gamma 2.2)

                            gamma2.8
                                   Pure power curve (gamma 2.8)

                            prophoto
                                   ProPhoto RGB (ROMM) curve

              <stereo-in>
                     Set the stereo mode the video is assumed to be encoded in. Takes the  same  values  as  the
                     --video-stereo-mode option.

              <stereo-out>
                     Set  the  stereo  mode  the  video  should  be  displayed  as. Takes the same values as the
                     --video-stereo-mode option.

              <rotate>
                     Set the rotation the video is assumed to be encoded with in degrees.  The special value  -1
                     uses the input format.

              <dw>, <dh>
                     Set  the  display size. Note that setting the display size such that the video is scaled in
                     both directions instead of just changing the aspect ratio is an implementation detail,  and
                     might change later.

              <dar>  Set the display aspect ratio of the video frame. This is a float, but values such as [16:9]
                     can be passed too ([...] for quoting to prevent the option parser from interpreting  the  :
                     character).

       noformat[=fmt]
              Restricts  the  color  space  for the next filter without doing any conversion.  Unlike the format
              filter, this will allow any color space except the one you specify.

              NOTE:
                 For a list of available formats, see noformat=fmt=help.

              <fmt>  Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: 420p).

       lavfi=graph[:sws-flags[:o=opts]]
              Filter video using FFmpeg's libavfilter.

              <graph>
                     The libavfilter graph string. The filter must have a single video input pad  and  a  single
                     video output pad.

                     See https://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg-filters.html for syntax and available filters.

                     WARNING:
                        If you want to use the full filter syntax with this option, you have to quote the filter
                        graph in order to prevent mpv's syntax and the filter graph syntax from clashing.

                        Examples

                        -vf lavfi=[gradfun=20:30,vflip]
                               gradfun filter with nonsense  parameters,  followed  by  a  vflip  filter.  (This
                               demonstrates  how  libavfilter  takes  a graph and not just a single filter.) The
                               filter graph string is quoted with [ and ]. This requires no  additional  quoting
                               or  escaping  with  some  shells  (like  bash),  while  others (like zsh) require
                               additional " quotes around the option string.

                        '--vf=lavfi="gradfun=20:30,vflip"'
                               Same as before, but uses quoting that should be safe with all shells. The outer '
                               quotes make sure that the shell does not remove the " quotes needed by mpv.

                        '--vf=lavfi=graph="gradfun=radius=30:strength=20,vflip"'
                               Same as before, but uses named parameters for everything.

              <sws-flags>
                     If  libavfilter  inserts  filters  for pixel format conversion, this option gives the flags
                     which should be passed  to  libswscale.  This  option  is  numeric  and  takes  a  bit-wise
                     combination of SWS_ flags.

                     See http://git.videolan.org/?p=ffmpeg.git;a=blob;f=libswscale/swscale.h.

              <o>    Set AVFilterGraph options. These should be documented by FFmpeg.

                        Example

                        '--vf=lavfi=yadif:o="threads=2,thread_type=slice"'
                               forces a specific threading configuration.

       eq[=gamma:contrast:brightness:saturation:rg:gg:bg:weight]
              Software equalizer that uses lookup tables (slow), allowing gamma correction in addition to simple
              brightness and contrast adjustment. The parameters are given as floating point values.

              <0.1-10>
                     initial gamma value (default: 1.0)

              <-2-2> initial contrast, where negative values result in a negative image (default: 1.0)

              <-1-1> initial brightness (default: 0.0)

              <0-3>  initial saturation (default: 1.0)

              <0.1-10>
                     gamma value for the red component (default: 1.0)

              <0.1-10>
                     gamma value for the green component (default: 1.0)

              <0.1-10>
                     gamma value for the blue component (default: 1.0)

              <0-1>  The weight parameter can be used to reduce the effect of a high gamma value on bright image
                     areas, e.g. keep them from getting overamplified and just plain white. A value of 0.0 turns
                     the gamma correction all the way down while 1.0 leaves it at its  full  strength  (default:
                     1.0).

       pullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]
              Pulldown  reversal  (inverse telecine) filter, capable of handling mixed hard-telecine, 24000/1001
              fps progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive content. The pullup filter  makes  use  of  future
              context in making its decisions. It is stateless in the sense that it does not lock onto a pattern
              to follow, but it instead looks forward to the following fields in order to identify  matches  and
              rebuild progressive frames.

              jl, jr, jt, and jb
                     These options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the left, right, top, and bottom of the
                     image, respectively. Left/right are in units of 8 pixels, while top/bottom are in units  of
                     2 lines. The default is 8 pixels on each side.

              sb (strict breaks)
                     Setting  this  option  to  1  will  reduce  the  chances of pullup generating an occasional
                     mismatched frame, but it may also cause an excessive number of frames to be dropped  during
                     high  motion  sequences.   Conversely,  setting it to -1 will make pullup match fields more
                     easily. This may help processing of video  where  there  is  slight  blurring  between  the
                     fields, but may also cause there to be interlaced frames in the output.

              mp (metric plane)
                     This  option may be set to u or v to use a chroma plane instead of the luma plane for doing
                     pullup's computations. This may improve accuracy on very clean source  material,  but  more
                     likely  will decrease accuracy, especially if there is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or any
                     grayscale video. The main purpose of setting mp to a chroma plane is to reduce CPU load and
                     make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.

       yadif=[mode:interlaced-only]
              Yet another deinterlacing filter

              <mode>

                     frame  Output 1 frame for each frame.

                     field  Output 1 frame for each field.

                     frame-nospatial
                            Like frame but skips spatial interlacing check.

                     field-nospatial
                            Like field but skips spatial interlacing check.

              <interlaced-only>

                     no     Deinterlace all frames (default).

                     yes    Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default if this filter is inserted via
                            deinterlace property).

              This filter, is automatically inserted when using the d key (or any other  key  that  toggles  the
              deinterlace  property  or when using the --deinterlace switch), assuming the video output does not
              have native deinterlacing support.

              If you just want to set the default mode, put this  filter  and  its  options  into  --vf-defaults
              instead, and enable deinterlacing with d or --deinterlace.

              Also note that the d key is stupid enough to insert a deinterlacer twice when inserting yadif with
              --vf, so using the above methods is recommended.

       sub=[=bottom-margin:top-margin]
              Moves subtitle rendering to an arbitrary point in the filter chain, or force subtitle rendering in
              the video filter as opposed to using video output OSD support.

              <bottom-margin>
                     Adds  a  black  band  at  the bottom of the frame. The SSA/ASS renderer can place subtitles
                     there (with --sub-use-margins).

              <top-margin>
                     Black band on the top for toptitles  (with --sub-use-margins).

                 Examples

                 --vf=sub,eq
                        Moves sub rendering before the eq filter. This will put both subtitle colors  and  video
                        under the influence of the video equalizer settings.

       stereo3d[=in:out]
              Stereo3d converts between different stereoscopic image formats.

              <in>   Stereoscopic image format of input. Possible values:

                     sbsl or side_by_side_left_first
                            side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)

                     sbsr or side_by_side_right_first
                            side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)

                     abl or above_below_left_first
                            above-below (left eye above, right eye below)

                     abr or above_below_right_first
                            above-below (right eye above, left eye below)

                     ab2l or above_below_half_height_left_first
                            above-below with half height resolution (left eye above, right eye below)

                     ab2r or above_below_half_height_right_first
                            above-below with half height resolution (right eye above, left eye below)

              <out>  Stereoscopic image format of output. Possible values are all the input formats as well as:

                     arcg or anaglyph_red_cyan_gray
                            anaglyph red/cyan gray (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)

                     arch or anaglyph_red_cyan_half_color
                            anaglyph red/cyan half colored (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)

                     arcc or anaglyph_red_cyan_color
                            anaglyph red/cyan color (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)

                     arcd or anaglyph_red_cyan_dubois
                            anaglyph  red/cyan  color optimized with the least-squares projection of Dubois (red
                            filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)

                     agmg or anaglyph_green_magenta_gray
                            anaglyph green/magenta gray (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)

                     agmh or anaglyph_green_magenta_half_color
                            anaglyph green/magenta half colored (green filter on left  eye,  magenta  filter  on
                            right eye)

                     agmc or anaglyph_green_magenta_color
                            anaglyph  green/magenta  colored  (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right
                            eye)

                     aybg or anaglyph_yellow_blue_gray
                            anaglyph yellow/blue gray (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)

                     aybh or anaglyph_yellow_blue_half_color
                            anaglyph yellow/blue half colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter  on  right
                            eye)

                     aybc or anaglyph_yellow_blue_color
                            anaglyph yellow/blue colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)

                     irl or interleave_rows_left_first
                            Interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next row)

                     irr or interleave_rows_right_first
                            Interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next row)

                     ml or mono_left
                            mono output (left eye only)

                     mr or mono_right
                            mono output (right eye only)

       gradfun[=strength[:radius|:size=<size>]]
              Fix  the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly flat regions by truncation to
              8-bit color depth. Interpolates the gradients that should go where  the  bands  are,  and  dithers
              them.

              <strength>
                     Maximum  amount  by  which  the  filter  will  change any one pixel. Also the threshold for
                     detecting nearly flat regions (default: 1.5).

              <radius>
                     Neighborhood to fit the gradient to. Larger radius makes for smoother gradients,  but  also
                     prevents the filter from modifying pixels near detailed regions (default: disabled).

              <size> size  of  the  filter  in percent of the image diagonal size. This is used to calculate the
                     final radius size (default: 1).

       dlopen=dll[:a0[:a1[:a2[:a3]]]]
              Loads an external library to filter the image. The library interface is  the  vf_dlopen  interface
              specified using libmpcodecs/vf_dlopen.h.

              WARNING:
                 This filter is deprecated.

              dll=<library>
                     Specify  the  library to load. This may require a full file system path in some cases. This
                     argument is required.

              a0=<string>
                     Specify the first parameter to pass to the library.

              a1=<string>
                     Specify the second parameter to pass to the library.

              a2=<string>
                     Specify the third parameter to pass to the library.

              a3=<string>
                     Specify the fourth parameter to pass to the library.

       vapoursynth=file:buffered-frames:concurrent-frames
              Loads a VapourSynth filter script. This is intended for streamed processing: mpv actually provides
              a  source  filter,  instead of using a native VapourSynth video source. The mpv source will answer
              frame requests only within a small window of frames (the size of this window  is  controlled  with
              the  buffered-frames  parameter),  and  requests  outside of that will return errors. As such, you
              can't use the full power of VapourSynth, but you can use certain filters.

              If you just want to play video generated by a VapourSynth (i.e. using a native  VapourSynth  video
              source),  it's  better  to use vspipe and a FIFO to feed the video to mpv. The same applies if the
              filter script requires random frame access (see buffered-frames parameter).

              This filter is experimental. If it turns out that it works well and is used, it will be ported  to
              libavfilter. Otherwise, it will be just removed.

              file   Filename  of  the  script  source.  Currently, this is always a python script. The variable
                     video_in is set to the mpv video source, and it is expected that  the  script  reads  video
                     from  it.  (Otherwise,  mpv will decode no video, and the video packet queue will overflow,
                     eventually leading to audio being stopped.) The script is also  expected  to  pass  through
                     timestamps using the _DurationNum and _DurationDen frame properties.

                        Example:

                            import vapoursynth as vs
                            core = vs.get_core()
                            core.std.AddBorders(video_in, 10, 10, 20, 20).set_output()

                     WARNING:
                        The  script will be reloaded on every seek. This is done to reset the filter properly on
                        discontinuities.

              buffered-frames
                     Maximum number of decoded video frames that should be buffered before the filter  (default:
                     4).  This specifies the maximum number of frames the script can requests backwards. E.g. if
                     buffered-frames=5, and the script just requested frame 15, it can still request  frame  10,
                     but  frame  9  is  not  available anymore. If it requests frame 30, mpv will decode 15 more
                     frames, and keep only frames 25-30.

                     The actual number of buffered frames also depends on the  value  of  the  concurrent-frames
                     option. Currently, both option values are multiplied to get the final buffer size.

                     (Normally,  VapourSynth  source  filters  must  provide random access, but mpv was made for
                     playback, and does not provide frame-exact random access. The way this video  filter  works
                     is a compromise to make simple filters work anyway.)

              concurrent-frames
                     Number  of frames that should be requested in parallel. The level of concurrency depends on
                     the filter and how quickly mpv can decode video to  feed  the  filter.  This  value  should
                     probably  be  proportional  to  the  number  of cores on your machine. Most time, making it
                     higher than the number of cores can actually make it slower.

                     By default, this uses the special value auto, which  sets  the  option  to  the  number  of
                     detected logical CPU cores.

              The following variables are defined by mpv:

              video_in
                     The  mpv video source as vapoursynth clip. Note that this has no length set, which confuses
                     many filters. Using Trim on the clip with a high dummy length can turn  it  into  a  finite
                     clip.

              video_in_dw, video_in_dh
                     Display  size  of  the  video.  Can  be different from video size if the video does not use
                     square pixels (e.g. DVD).

              container_fps
                     FPS value as reported by file headers. This value can be wrong or completely broken (e.g. 0
                     or  NaN). Even if the value is correct, if another filter changes the real FPS (by dropping
                     or inserting frames), the value of this variable might not be useful. Note that  the  --fps
                     command line option overrides this value.

                     Useful for some filters which insist on having a FPS.

              display_fps
                     Refresh rate of the current display. Note that this value can be 0.

       vapoursynth-lazy
              The  same as vapoursynth, but doesn't load Python scripts. Instead, a custom backend using Lua and
              the raw VapourSynth API is used. The syntax is completely different, and absolutely no convenience
              features are provided. There's no type checking either, and you can trigger crashes.

                 Example:

                     video_out = invoke("morpho", "Open", {clip = video_in})

              The  special  variable  video_in  is the mpv video source, while the special variable video_out is
              used to read video from. The 1st argument is the plugin (queried with getPluginByNs), the  2nd  is
              the  filter name, and the 3rd argument is a table with the arguments. Positional arguments are not
              supported. The types must match exactly. Since Lua is terrible and can't distinguish integers  and
              floats,  integer  arguments  must be prefixed with i_, in which case the prefix is removed and the
              argument is cast to an integer. Should the argument's name start with i_, you're out of luck.

              Clips (VSNodeRef) are passed as light userdata, so trying to pass any  other  userdata  type  will
              result in hard crashes.

       vavpp  VA-AP-API   video   post  processing.  Works  with  --vo=vaapi  and  --vo=opengl  only.  Currently
              deinterlaces. This filter is automatically inserted if deinterlacing is  requested  (either  using
              the d key, by default mapped to the command cycle deinterlace, or the --deinterlace option).

              deint=<method>
                     Select the deinterlacing algorithm.

                     no     Don't perform deinterlacing.

                     first-field
                            Show only first field (going by --field-dominance).

                     bob    bob deinterlacing (default).

                     weave, motion-adaptive, motion-compensated
                            Advanced  deinterlacing  algorithms.  Whether these actually work depends on the GPU
                            hardware, the GPU drivers, driver bugs, and mpv bugs.

              <interlaced-only>

                     no     Deinterlace all frames.

                     yes    Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default).

       vdpaupp
              VDPAU video  post  processing.  Works  with  --vo=vdpau  and  --vo=opengl  only.  This  filter  is
              automatically inserted if deinterlacing is requested (either using the d key, by default mapped to
              the command cycle deinterlace, or the --deinterlace option). When enabling  deinterlacing,  it  is
              always preferred over software deinterlacer filters if the vdpau VO is used, and also if opengl is
              used and hardware decoding was activated at least once (i.e. vdpau was loaded).

              sharpen=<-1-1>
                     For positive values, apply a sharpening algorithm to  the  video,  for  negative  values  a
                     blurring algorithm (default: 0).

              denoise=<0-1>
                     Apply a noise reduction algorithm to the video (default: 0; no noise reduction).

              deint=<yes|no>
                     Whether  deinterlacing  is enabled (default: no). If enabled, it will use the mode selected
                     with deint-mode.

              deint-mode=<first-field|bob|temporal|temporal-spatial>
                     Select deinterlacing mode (default: temporal).  All modes respect --field-dominance.

                     Note that there's currently a mechanism that allows the vdpau VO to change  the  deint-mode
                     of  auto-inserted  vdpaupp  filters.  To  avoid  confusion, it's recommended not to use the
                     --vo=vdpau suboptions related to filtering.

                     first-field
                            Show only first field.

                     bob    Bob deinterlacing.

                     temporal
                            Motion-adaptive temporal deinterlacing. May lead  to  A/V  desync  with  slow  video
                            hardware and/or high resolution.

                     temporal-spatial
                            Motion-adaptive temporal deinterlacing with edge-guided spatial interpolation. Needs
                            fast video hardware.

              chroma-deint
                     Makes  temporal  deinterlacers  operate  both  on   luma   and   chroma   (default).    Use
                     no-chroma-deint  to  solely  use luma and speed up advanced deinterlacing. Useful with slow
                     video memory.

              pullup Try to apply inverse telecine, needs motion adaptive temporal deinterlacing.

              interlaced-only=<yes|no>
                     If yes (default), only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.

              hqscaling=<0-9>

                     0      Use default VDPAU scaling (default).

                     1-9    Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware).

       vdpaurb
              VDPAU video read back. Works with --vo=vdpau and --vo=opengl only.  This  filter  will  read  back
              frames  decoded  by VDPAU so that other filters, which are not normally compatible with VDPAU, can
              be used like normal.  This filter must be specified before vdpaupp in the filter chain if  vdpaupp
              is used.

       buffer=<num>
              Buffer  <num>  frames  in  the  filter  chain.  This filter is probably pretty useless, except for
              debugging. (Note that this won't help smoothing out latencies with decoding,  because  the  filter
              will never output a frame if the buffer isn't full, except on EOF.)

ENCODING

       You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.

       --o=<filename>
              Enables encoding mode and specifies the output file name.

       --of=<format>
              Specifies  the  output  format  (overrides  autodetection  by  the file name extension of the file
              specified by -o). This can be a comma separated list of possible formats to try. See --of=help for
              a full list of supported formats.

       --ofopts=<options>
              Specifies  the  output  format  options  for  libavformat.   See  --ofopts=help for a full list of
              supported options.

              Options are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the options list.

              --ofopts-add=<options1[,options2,...]>
                     Appends the options given as arguments to the options list.

              --ofopts-pre=<options1[,options2,...]>
                     Prepends the options given as arguments to the options list.

              --ofopts-del=<index1[,index2,...]>
                     Deletes the options at the given indexes.  Index  numbers  start  at  0,  negative  numbers
                     address the end of the list (-1 is the last).

              --ofopts-clr
                     Completely empties the options list.

       --ofps=<float value>
              Specifies  the  output  format  time  base (default: 24000). Low values like 25 limit video fps by
              dropping frames.

       --oautofps
              Sets the output format time base to the guessed frame rate of the input video (simulates  MEncoder
              behavior,  useful  for  AVI; may cause frame drops).  Note that not all codecs and not all formats
              support VFR encoding, and some which do have bugs when a target bitrate is specified - use  --ofps
              or --oautofps to force CFR encoding in these cases.

       --omaxfps=<float value>
              Specifies  the  minimum  distance  of  adjacent frames (default: 0, which means unset). Content of
              lower frame rate is not readjusted to this frame rate; content of higher frame rate  is  decimated
              to this frame rate.

       --oharddup
              If  set, the frame rate given by --ofps is attained not by skipping time codes, but by duplicating
              frames (constant frame rate mode).

       --oneverdrop
              If set, frames are never dropped. Instead, time codes of video are readjusted to always  increase.
              This  may  cause AV desync, though; to work around this, use a high-fps time base using --ofps and
              absolutely avoid --oautofps.

       --oac=<codec>
              Specifies the output audio codec. This can be a comma separated list of possible  codecs  to  try.
              See --oac=help for a full list of supported codecs.

       --oaoffset=<value>
              Shifts audio data by the given time (in seconds) by adding/removing samples at the start.

       --oacopts=<options>
              Specifies  the  output  audio codec options for libavcodec.  See --oacopts=help for a full list of
              supported options.

                 Example

                 --oac=libmp3lame --oacopts=b=128000
                        selects 128 kbps MP3 encoding.

              Options are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the options list.

              --oacopts-add=<options1[,options2,...]>
                     Appends the options given as arguments to the options list.

              --oacopts-pre=<options1[,options2,...]>
                     Prepends the options given as arguments to the options list.

              --oacopts-del=<index1[,index2,...]>
                     Deletes the options at the given indexes.  Index  numbers  start  at  0,  negative  numbers
                     address the end of the list (-1 is the last).

              --oacopts-clr
                     Completely empties the options list.

       --oafirst
              Force  the  audio  stream  to  become  the  first  stream  in  the output. By default the order is
              unspecified.

       --ovc=<codec>
              Specifies the output video codec. This can be a comma separated list of possible  codecs  to  try.
              See --ovc=help for a full list of supported codecs.

       --ovoffset=<value>
              Shifts video data by the given time (in seconds) by shifting the pts values.

       --ovcopts <options>
              Specifies  the  output  video codec options for libavcodec.  See --ovcopts=help for a full list of
              supported options.

                 Examples

                 "--ovc=mpeg4 --ovcopts=qscale=5"
                        selects constant quantizer scale 5 for MPEG-4 encoding.

                 "--ovc=libx264 --ovcopts=crf=23"
                        selects VBR quality factor 23 for H.264 encoding.

              Options are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the options list.

              --ovcopts-add=<options1[,options2,...]>
                     Appends the options given as arguments to the options list.

              --ovcopts-pre=<options1[,options2,...]>
                     Prepends the options given as arguments to the options list.

              --ovcopts-del=<index1[,index2,...]>
                     Deletes the options at the given indexes.  Index  numbers  start  at  0,  negative  numbers
                     address the end of the list (-1 is the last).

              --ovcopts-clr
                     Completely empties the options list.

       --ovfirst
              Force  the  video  stream  to  become  the  first  stream  in  the output. By default the order is
              unspecified.

       --ocopyts
              Copies input pts to the output video (not supported by some output container formats,  e.g.  AVI).
              Discontinuities are still fixed.  By default, audio pts are set to playback time and video pts are
              synchronized to match audio pts, as some output formats do not support anything else.

       --orawts
              Copies input pts to the output video (not supported by some output container formats,  e.g.  AVI).
              In  this  mode,  discontinuities  are  not  fixed and all pts are passed through as-is. Never seek
              backwards or use multiple input files in this mode!

       --no-ometadata
              Turns off copying of metadata from input files to output files when encoding (which is enabled  by
              default).

COMMAND INTERFACE

       The mpv core can be controlled with commands and properties. A number of ways to interact with the player
       use them: key bindings (input.conf), OSD (showing information with properties), JSON IPC, the client  API
       (libmpv), and the classic slave mode.

   input.conf
       The input.conf file consists of a list of key bindings, for example:

          s screenshot      # take a screenshot with the s key
          LEFT seek 15      # map the left-arrow key to seeking forward by 15 seconds

       Each  line  maps  a  key  to an input command. Keys are specified with their literal value (upper case if
       combined with Shift), or a name for special keys. For example, a maps to the a key without shift,  and  A
       maps to a with shift.

       The file is located in the mpv configuration directory (normally at ~/.config/mpv/input.conf depending on
       platform). The default bindings are defined here:

          https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/etc/input.conf

       A list of special keys can be obtained with
          mpv --input-keylist

       In general, keys can be combined with Shift, Ctrl and Alt:

          ctrl+q quit

       mpv can be started in input test mode, which displays key bindings and the commands they're bound  to  on
       the OSD, instead of executing the commands:

          mpv --input-test --force-window --idle

       (Only  closing  the window will make mpv exit, pressing normal keys will merely display the binding, even
       if mapped to quit.)

   General Input Command Syntax
       [Shift+][Ctrl+][Alt+][Meta+]<key> [{<section>}] [<prefixes>] <command> (<argument>)* [; <command>]

       Note that by default, the right Alt key can be used to create  special  characters,  and  thus  does  not
       register as a modifier. The option --no-input-right-alt-gr changes this behavior.

       Newlines  always  start  a  new binding. # starts a comment (outside of quoted string arguments). To bind
       commands to the # key, SHARP can be used.

       <key> is either the literal character the key produces (ASCII or Unicode character), or a  symbolic  name
       (as printed by --input-keylist).

       <section> (braced with { and }) is the input section for this command.

       Arguments  are  separated  by whitespace. This applies even to string arguments.  For this reason, string
       arguments should be quoted with ". Inside quotes, C-style escaping can be used.

       You can bind multiple commands to one key. For example:
       a show-text "command 1" ; show-text "command 2"

       It's also possible to bind a command to a sequence of keys:
       a-b-c show-text "command run after a, b, c have been pressed"

       (This is not shown in the general command syntax.)

       If a or a-b or b are already bound, this will run the first  command  that  matches,  and  the  multi-key
       command  will  never be called. Intermediate keys can be remapped to ignore in order to avoid this issue.
       The maximum number of (non-modifier) keys for combinations is currently 4.

   List of Input Commands
       ignore Use this to "block" keys that should be unbound, and do  nothing.  Useful  for  disabling  default
              bindings, without disabling all bindings with --no-input-default-bindings.

       seek <seconds> [relative|absolute|absolute-percent|relative-percent|exact|keyframes]
              Change the playback position. By default, seeks by a relative amount of seconds.

              The second argument consists of flags controlling the seek mode:

              relative (default)
                     Seek relative to current position (a negative value seeks backwards).

              absolute
                     Seek to a given time.

              absolute-percent
                     Seek to a given percent position.

              relative-percent
                     Seek relative to current position in percent.

              keyframes
                     Always restart playback at keyframe boundaries (fast).

              exact  Always do exact/hr/precise seeks (slow).

              Multiple flags can be combined, e.g.: absolute+keyframes.

              By default, keyframes is used for relative seeks, and exact is used for absolute seeks.

              Before mpv 0.9, the keyframes and exact flags had to be passed as 3rd parameter (essentially using
              a space instead of +). The 3rd parameter is still parsed, but is considered deprecated.

       revert-seek [mode]
              Undoes the seek command, and some other commands that seek (but  not  necessarily  all  of  them).
              Calling  this command once will jump to the playback position before the seek. Calling it a second
              time undoes the revert-seek command itself. This only works within a single file.

              The first argument is optional, and can change the behavior:

              mark   Mark the current time position. The next normal revert-seek command will seek back to  this
                     point, no matter how many seeks happened since last time.

              Using it without any arguments gives you the default behavior.

       frame-step
              Play one frame, then pause. Does nothing with audio-only playback.

       frame-back-step
              Go  back  by  one  frame, then pause. Note that this can be very slow (it tries to be precise, not
              fast), and sometimes fails to behave as expected. How well this works depends on  whether  precise
              seeking  works  correctly  (e.g.  see the --hr-seek-demuxer-offset option). Video filters or other
              video post-processing that modifies timing of frames (e.g. deinterlacing) should usually work, but
              might  make backstepping silently behave incorrectly in corner cases. Using --hr-seek-framedrop=no
              should help, although it might make precise seeking slower.

              This does not work with audio-only playback.

       set <property> <value>
              Set the given property to the given value.

       add <property> [<value>]
              Add the given value to the property. On overflow or underflow, clamp the property to the  maximum.
              If <value> is omitted, assume 1.

       cycle <property> [up|down]
              Cycle  the given property. up and down set the cycle direction. On overflow, set the property back
              to the minimum, on underflow set it to the maximum. If up or down is omitted, assume up.

       multiply <property> <factor>
              Multiplies the value of a property with the numeric factor.

       screenshot [subtitles|video|window|- [single|each-frame]]
              Take a screenshot.

              First argument:

              <subtitles> (default)
                     Save the video image, in its original resolution, and with subtitles.  Some  video  outputs
                     may still include the OSD in the output under certain circumstances.

              <video>
                     Like  subtitles,  but typically without OSD or subtitles. The exact behavior depends on the
                     selected video output.

              <window>
                     Save the contents of the mpv window. Typically scaled, with OSD and  subtitles.  The  exact
                     behavior  depends  on  the selected video output, and if no support is available, this will
                     act like video.

              <each-frame>
                     Take a screenshot each frame. Issue this command again to  stop  taking  screenshots.  Note
                     that  you  should  disable  frame-dropping  when  using  this  mode  - or you might receive
                     duplicate images in cases when a frame was dropped. This flag  can  be  combined  with  the
                     other flags, e.g. video+each-frame.

       screenshot-to-file <filename> [subtitles|video|window]
              Take  a  screenshot  and  save  it  to a given file. The format of the file will be guessed by the
              extension (and --screenshot-format is ignored - the behavior when  the  extension  is  missing  or
              unknown is arbitrary).

              The second argument is like the first argument to screenshot.

              If the file already exists, it's overwritten.

              Like  all  input command parameters, the filename is subject to property expansion as described in
              Property Expansion.

       playlist-next [weak|force]
              Go to the next entry on the playlist.

              weak (default)
                     If the last file on the playlist is currently played, do nothing.

              force  Terminate playback if there are no more files on the playlist.

       playlist-prev [weak|force]
              Go to the previous entry on the playlist.

              weak (default)
                     If the first file on the playlist is currently played, do nothing.

              force  Terminate playback if the first file is being played.

       loadfile <file> [replace|append|append-play [options]]
              Load the given file and play it.

              Second argument:

              <replace> (default)
                     Stop playback of the current file, and play the new file immediately.

              <append>
                     Append the file to the playlist.

              <append-play>
                     Append the file, and if nothing is currently playing, start playback.  (Always starts  with
                     the added file, even if the playlist was not empty before running this command.)

              The  third argument is a list of options and values which should be set while the file is playing.
              It is of the form opt1=value1,opt2=value2,...  Not all options  can  be  changed  this  way.  Some
              options require a restart of the player.

       loadlist <playlist> [replace|append]
              Load the given playlist file (like --playlist).

       playlist-clear
              Clear the playlist, except the currently played file.

       playlist-remove current|<index>
              Remove  the  playlist  entry  at  the given index. Index values start counting with 0. The special
              value current removes the current entry. Note that removing the current entry also stops  playback
              and starts playing the next entry.

       playlist-move <index1> <index2>
              Move the playlist entry at index1, so that it takes the place of the entry index2. (Paradoxically,
              the moved playlist entry will not have the index value index2 after moving  if  index1  was  lower
              than  index2,  because  index2 refers to the target entry, not the index the entry will have after
              moving.)

       playlist-shuffle
              Shuffle the playlist. This is similar to what is done on start if the --shuffle option is used.

       run command arg1 arg2 ...
              Run the given command. Unlike in MPlayer/mplayer2 and earlier versions of mpv (0.2.x  and  older),
              this  doesn't  call  the  shell.  Instead,  the command is run directly, with each argument passed
              separately. Each argument is expanded like in Property Expansion. Note  that  there  is  a  static
              limit of (as of this writing) 9 arguments (this limit could be raised on demand).

              The  program  is  run  in  a  detached  way.  mpv doesn't wait until the command is completed, but
              continues playback right after spawning it.

              To get the old behavior, use /bin/sh and -c as the first two arguments.

                 Example

                        run "/bin/sh" "-c" "echo ${title} > /tmp/playing"

                        This is not a particularly good example, because  it  doesn't  handle  escaping,  and  a
                        specially  prepared file might allow an attacker to execute arbitrary shell commands. It
                        is recommended to write a small shell script, and call that with run.

       quit [<code>]
              Exit the player. If an argument is given, it's used as process exit code.

       quit-watch-later [<code>]
              Exit player, and store current playback position.  Playing  that  file  later  will  seek  to  the
              previous position on start. The (optional) argument is exactly as in the quit command.

       sub-add <file> [<flags> [<title> [<lang>]]]
              Load the given subtitle file. It is selected as current subtitle after loading.

              The flags args is one of the following values:

              <select>
                 Select the subtitle immediately.

              <auto>
                 Don't  select  the  subtitle.  (Or in some special situations, let the default stream selection
                 mechanism decide.)

              <cached>
                 Select the subtitle. If a subtitle with the same  filename  was  already  added,  that  one  is
                 selected, instead of loading a duplicate entry.  (In this case, title/language are ignored, and
                 if the was changed since it was loaded, these changes won't be reflected.)

              The title argument sets the track title in the UI.

              The lang argument sets the track language, and can also influence stream selection with flags  set
              to auto.

       sub-remove [<id>]
              Remove  the  given subtitle track. If the id argument is missing, remove the current track. (Works
              on external subtitle files only.)

       sub-reload [<id>]
              Reload the given subtitle tracks. If the id argument is missing, reload the current track.  (Works
              on external subtitle files only.)

              This works by unloading and re-adding the subtitle track.

       sub-step <skip>
              Change  subtitle  timing  such,  that  the subtitle event after the next <skip> subtitle events is
              displayed. <skip> can be negative to step backwards.

       sub-seek <skip>
              Seek to the next (skip set to 1) or the previous (skip set to -1) subtitle.  This  is  similar  to
              sub-step, except that it seeks video and audio instead of adjusting the subtitle delay.

              For  embedded  subtitles  (like  with  Matroska),  this  works only with subtitle events that have
              already been displayed, or are within a short prefetch range.

       osd [<level>]
              Toggle OSD level. If <level> is specified, set the OSD mode (see --osd-level for valid values).

       print-text <string>
              Print text to stdout. The string can contain properties (see Property Expansion).

       show-text <string> [<duration>|- [<level>]]
              Show text on the OSD. The string can contain  properties,  which  are  expanded  as  described  in
              Property Expansion. This can be used to show playback time, filename, and so on.

              <duration>
                     The  time  in  ms  to  show  the  message  for.  By  default,  it  uses  the  same value as
                     --osd-duration.

              <level>
                     The minimum OSD level to show the text at (see --osd-level).

       show-progress
              Show the progress bar, the elapsed time and the total duration of the file on the OSD.

       write-watch-later-config
              Write the resume config file that the  quit-watch-later  command  writes,  but  continue  playback
              normally.

       stop   Stop playback and clear playlist. With default settings, this is essentially like quit. Useful for
              the client API: playback can be stopped without terminating the player.

       mouse <x> <y> [<button> [single|double]]
              Send a mouse event with given coordinate (<x>, <y>).

              Second argument:

              <button>
                     The button number of clicked mouse button. This should be one  of  0-19.   If  <button>  is
                     omitted, only the position will be updated.

              Third argument:

              <single> (default)
                     The mouse event represents regular single click.

              <double>
                     The mouse event represents double-click.

       keypress <key_name>
              Send  a  key event through mpv's input handler, triggering whatever behavior is configured to that
              key. key_name uses the input.conf naming scheme for keys and modifiers. Useful for the client API:
              key events can be sent to libmpv to handle internally.

       keydown <key_name>
              Similar  to  keypress,  but  sets  the  KEYDOWN  flag  so that if the key is bound to a repeatable
              command, it will be run repeatedly with mpv's key repeat timing until the keyup command is called.

       keyup [<key_name>]
              Set the KEYUP flag, stopping any repeated behavior that had been triggered. key_name is  optional.
              If  key_name  is  not given or is an empty string, KEYUP will be set on all keys. Otherwise, KEYUP
              will only be set on the key specified by key_name.

       audio-add <file> [<flags> [<title> [<lang>]]]
              Load the given audio file. See sub-add command.

       audio-remove [<id>]
              Remove the given audio track. See sub-remove command.

       audio-reload [<id>]
              Reload the given audio tracks. See sub-reload command.

       rescan-external-files [<mode>]
              Rescan external files according to the current --sub-auto and --audio-file-auto settings. This can
              be used to auto-load external files after the file was loaded.

              The mode argument is one of the following:

              <reselect> (default)
                     Select  the default audio and subtitle streams, which typically selects external files with
                     highest preference. (The implementation is not perfect, and could be improved on request.)

              <keep-selection>
                     Do not change current track selections.

   Input Commands that are Possibly Subject to Change
       af set|add|toggle|del|clr filter1=params,filter2,...
              Change audio filter chain. See vf command.

       vf set|add|toggle|del|clr filter1=params,filter2,...
              Change video filter chain.

              The first argument decides what happens:

              set    Overwrite the previous filter chain with the new one.

              add    Append the new filter chain to the previous one.

              toggle Check if the given filter (with the exact parameters) is already in  the  video  chain.  If
                     yes,  remove  the  filter.  If  no,  add the filter.  (If several filters are passed to the
                     command, this is done for each filter.)

              del    Remove the given filters from the video chain.  Unlike  in  the  other  cases,  the  second
                     parameter  is a comma separated list of filter names or integer indexes. 0 would denote the
                     first filter. Negative indexes start from the last filter, and -1 denotes the last filter.

              clr    Remove all  filters.  Note  that  like  the  other  sub-commands,  this  does  not  control
                     automatically inserted filters.

              You  can  assign  labels  to  filter  by  prefixing  them with @name: (where name is a user-chosen
              arbitrary identifier). Labels can be used to refer to filters by name in all of the  filter  chain
              modification commands.  For add, using an already used label will replace the existing filter.

              The  vf  command  shows  the list of requested filters on the OSD after changing the filter chain.
              This is roughly equivalent  to  show-text  ${vf}.  Note  that  auto-inserted  filters  for  format
              conversion are not shown on the list, only what was requested by the user.

              Normally, the commands will check whether the video chain is recreated successfully, and will undo
              the operation on failure. If the command is run before video is  configured  (can  happen  if  the
              command  is  run immediately after opening a file and before a video frame is decoded), this check
              can't be run. Then it can happen that creating the video chain fails.

                 Example for input.conf

                 • a vf set flip turn video upside-down on the a key

                 • b vf set "" remove all video filters on bc vf toggle lavfi=gradfun toggle debanding on c

       cycle-values ["!reverse"] <property> <value1> <value2> ...
              Cycle through a list of values. Each invocation of the command will set the given property to  the
              next  value  in  the list. The command maintains an internal counter which value to pick next, and
              which is initially 0. It is reset to 0 once the last value is reached.

              The internal counter is associated using the  property  name  and  the  value  list.  If  multiple
              commands  (bound to different keys) use the same name and value list, they will share the internal
              counter.

              The special argument !reverse can be used to cycle the value list  in  reverse.  Compared  with  a
              command  that  just  lists  the  value  in  reverse, this command will actually share the internal
              counter with the forward-cycling key binding (as long as the rest of the arguments are the same).

              Note that there is a static limit of (as of this writing) 10 arguments (this limit could be raised
              on demand).

       enable-section <section> [flags]
              Enable all key bindings in the named input section.

              The  enabled  input  sections  form  a  stack.  Bindings  in  sections on the top of the stack are
              preferred to lower sections. This command puts the section on top of the stack. If the section was
              already  on the stack, it is implicitly removed beforehand. (A section cannot be on the stack more
              than once.)

              The flags parameter can be a combination (separated by +) of the following flags:

              <exclusive>
                     All sections enabled  before  the  newly  enabled  section  are  disabled.   They  will  be
                     re-enabled  as  soon  as all exclusive sections above them are removed. In other words, the
                     new section shadows all previous sections.

              <allow-hide-cursor>
                     This feature can't be used through the public API.

              <allow-vo-dragging>
                     Same.

       disable-section <section>
              Disable the named input section. Undoes enable-section.

       define-section <section> <contents> [default|forced]
              Create a named input section, or replace the contents of an already existing  input  section.  The
              contents  parameter  uses  the  same  syntax as the input.conf file (except that using the section
              syntax in it is not allowed), including the need to separate bindings with a newline character.

              If the contents parameter is an empty string, the section is removed.

              The section with the name default is the normal input section.

              In general, input sections have to be  enabled  with  the  enable-section  command,  or  they  are
              ignored.

              The last parameter has the following meaning:

              <default> (also used if parameter omitted)
                     Use a key binding defined by this section only if the user hasn't already bound this key to
                     a command.

              <forced>
                     Always bind a key. (The input section that was made active most recently wins if there  are
                     ambiguities.)

       overlay-add <id> <x> <y> <file> <offset> <fmt> <w> <h> <stride>
              Add  an  OSD  overlay  sourced  from  raw  data. This might be useful for scripts and applications
              controlling mpv, and which want to display things on top of the video window.

              Overlays are usually displayed in screen resolution, but with some VOs, the resolution is  reduced
              to  that  of  the  video's.  You  can  read the osd-width and osd-height properties. At least with
              --vo-xv and anamorphic video (such as DVD), osd-par should be read as well, and the overlay should
              be  aspect-compensated.  (Future  directions:  maybe  mpv should take care of some of these things
              automatically, but it's hard to tell where to draw the line.)

              id is an integer between 0 and 63 identifying the overlay element. The  ID  can  be  used  to  add
              multiple  overlay  parts,  update  a part by using this command with an already existing ID, or to
              remove a part with overlay-remove. Using a previously unused ID will  add  a  new  overlay,  while
              reusing  an  ID  will update it. (Future directions: there should be something to ensure different
              programs wanting to create overlays don't conflict with each others, should that ever be needed.)

              x and y specify the position where the OSD should be displayed.

              file specifies the file the raw image data is read from. It can be  either  a  numeric  UNIX  file
              descriptor  prefixed  with  @  (e.g.  @4), or a filename. The file will be mapped into memory with
              mmap(). Some VOs will pass the mapped pointer directly to display APIs (e.g. opengl or vdpau),  so
              no  actual  copying is involved. Truncating the source file while the overlay is active will crash
              the player. You shouldn't change the data while  the  overlay  is  active,  because  the  data  is
              essentially  accessed  at  random  points.  Instead,  call  overlay-add  again  (preferably with a
              different memory region to prevent tearing).

              It is also possible to pass a raw memory address for use as bitmap  memory  by  passing  a  memory
              address  as  integer  prefixed  with  an & character.  Passing the wrong thing here will crash the
              player. This mode might be useful for use with libmpv. The offset parameter is simply added to the
              memory address (since mpv 0.8.0, ignored before).

              offset  is  the  byte  offset  of the first pixel in the source file.  (The current implementation
              always mmap's the whole file from position 0 to the end of the image, so large offsets  should  be
              avoided.  Before mpv 0.8.0, the offset was actually passed directly to mmap, but it was changed to
              make using it easier.)

              fmt is a string identifying the image format. Currently, only bgra is defined. This format  has  4
              bytes  per pixels, with 8 bits per component.  The least significant 8 bits are blue, and the most
              significant 8 bits are alpha (in little endian, the components are B-G-R-A, with B as first byte).
              This  uses  premultiplied  alpha:  every  color  component  is  already  multiplied with the alpha
              component. This means the numeric value of each component is equal to or smaller  than  the  alpha
              component.  (Violating  this  rule  will  lead  to  different  results with different VOs: numeric
              overflows resulting from blending broken alpha  values  is  considered  something  that  shouldn't
              happen,  and  consequently  implementations don't ensure that you get predictable behavior in this
              case.)

              w, h, and stride specify the size of the overlay. w is the visible width  of  the  overlay,  while
              stride  gives  the  width  in  bytes  in  memory.  In  the  simple case, and with the bgra format,
              stride==4*w.  In general, the total amount of memory accessed is stride *  h.   (Technically,  the
              minimum  size  would  be  stride * (h - 1) + w * 4, but for simplicity, the player will access all
              stride * h bytes.)

                 Warning

                        When updating the overlay, you should prepare a second shared memory region  (e.g.  make
                        use of the offset parameter) and add this as overlay, instead of reusing the same memory
                        every time. Otherwise, you might get the equivalent of tearing,  when  your  application
                        and mpv write/read the buffer at the same time. Also, keep in mind that mpv might access
                        an overlay's memory at random times whenever it feels the need to  do  so,  for  example
                        when redrawing the screen.

       overlay-remove <id>
              Remove  an overlay added with overlay-add and the same ID. Does nothing if no overlay with this ID
              exists.

       script-message <arg1> <arg2> ...
              Send a message to all clients, and pass it the following list of  arguments.   What  this  message
              means,  how  many  arguments it takes, and what the arguments mean is fully up to the receiver and
              the sender. Every client  receives  the  message,  so  be  careful  about  name  clashes  (or  use
              script_message_to).

       script-message-to <target> <arg1> <arg2> ...
              Same  as script_message, but send it only to the client named <target>. Each client (scripts etc.)
              has a unique name. For example, Lua scripts can get their name via mp.get_script_name().

       script-binding <name>
              Invoke a script-provided key binding. This can be used to remap key bindings provided by  external
              Lua scripts.

              The argument is the name of the binding.

              It  can  optionally  be  prefixed  with  the  name  of  the  script,  using  /  as separator, e.g.
              script_binding scriptname/bindingname.

              For completeness, here is how this command works internally. The details could change any time. On
              any  matching  key  event, script_message_to or script_message is called (depending on whether the
              script name is included), where the first argument is the string key-binding, the second  argument
              is  the  name  of  the  binding,  and the third argument is the key state as string. The key state
              consists of a number of letters. The first letter is one of d  (key  was  pressed  down),  u  (was
              released),  r  (key  is  still  down,  and  was  repeated;  only if key repeat is enabled for this
              binding), p (key was pressed; happens if up/down can't be tracked). The second letter whether  the
              event originates from the mouse, either m (mouse button) or - (something else).

       ab-loop
              Cycle  through  A-B  loop states. The first command will set the A point (the ab-loop-a property);
              the second the B point, and the third will clear both points.

       vo-cmdline <args>
              Reset the sub-option of the current VO. Currently works with  opengl  (including  opengl-hq).  The
              argument  is  the  sub-option  string  usually  passed  to  the  VO  on  the command line. Not all
              sub-options can be set, but those which can will be  reset  even  if  they  don't  appear  in  the
              argument.  This command might be changed or removed in the future.

       drop-buffers
              Drop  audio/video/demuxer buffers, and restart from fresh. Might help with unseekable streams that
              are going out of sync.  This command might be changed or removed in the future.

       screenshot-raw [subtitles|video|window]
              Return  a  screenshot  in  memory.  This  can  be  used  only  through   the   client   API.   The
              MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP  returned by this command has the w, h, stride fields set to obvious contents.
              A format field is set to bgr0 by default. This format is organized as B8G8R8X8  (where  B  is  the
              LSB).  The contents of the padding X is undefined. The data field is of type MPV_FORMAT_BYTE_ARRAY
              with the actual image data. The image is freed as soon as the result node is freed.

       Undocumented commands: tv-last-channel (TV/DVB only), ao-reload (experimental/internal).

   Hooks
       Hooks are synchronous events between player core and a script or similar.  This  applies  to  client  API
       (including  the  Lua scripting interface). Normally, events are supposed to be asynchronous, and the hook
       API provides an awkward and obscure way to handle events that require stricter coordination. There are no
       API  stability  guarantees  made. Not following the protocol exactly can make the player freeze randomly.
       Basically, nobody should use this API.

       There  are  two  special  commands  involved.  Also,  the  client  must  listen   for   client   messages
       (MPV_EVENT_CLIENT_MESSAGE in the C API).

       hook-add <hook-name> <id> <priority>
              Subscribe  to  the  hook  identified  by the first argument (basically, the name of event). The id
              argument is an arbitrary integer chosen by the user. priority is used to sort  all  hook  handlers
              globally  across  all  clients. Each client can register multiple hook handlers (even for the same
              hook-name). Once the hook is registered, it cannot be unregistered.

              When a specific event happens, all registered handlers are run serially.   This  uses  a  protocol
              every   client  has  to  follow  explicitly.  When  a  hook  handler  is  run,  a  client  message
              (MPV_EVENT_CLIENT_MESSAGE) is sent to the client which registered the hook. This message  has  the
              following arguments:

              1. the string hook_run

              2. the  id  argument  the hook was registered with as string (this can be used to correctly handle
                 multiple hooks registered by the same client, as long as the  id  argument  is  unique  in  the
                 client)

              3. something  undefined,  used  by the hook mechanism to track hook execution (currently, it's the
                 hook-name, but this might change without warning)

              Upon receiving this message, the client can handle the event. While doing this,  the  player  core
              will still react to requests, but playback will typically be stopped.

              When  the  client  is  done,  it  must  continue the core's hook execution by running the hook-ack
              command.

       hook-ack <string>
              Run the next hook in the global chain of hooks. The argument is the 3rd  argument  of  the  client
              message that starts hook execution for the current client.

       The following hooks are currently defined:

       on_load
              Called when a file is to be opened, before anything is actually done.  For example, you could read
              and write the stream-open-filename property to redirect an URL to something else (consider support
              for  streaming  sites  which  rarely  give the user a direct media URL), or you could set per-file
              options with by setting the property file-local-options/<option name>. The player will wait  until
              all hooks are run.

       on_unload
              Run  before  closing  a  file, and before actually uninitializing everything. It's not possible to
              resume playback in this state.

   Input Command Prefixes
       These prefixes are placed between key name and the actual command. Multiple prefixes  can  be  specified.
       They are separated by whitespace.

       osd-auto (default)
              Use the default behavior for this command.

       no-osd Do not use any OSD for this command.

       osd-bar
              If  possible,  show  a  bar  with this command. Seek commands will show the progress bar, property
              changing commands may show the newly set value.

       osd-msg
              If possible, show an OSD message with this command. Seek command show the current  playback  time,
              property changing commands show the newly set value as text.

       osd-msg-bar
              Combine osd-bar and osd-msg.

       raw    Do not expand properties in string arguments. (Like "${property-name}".)

       expand-properties (default)
              All string arguments are expanded as described in Property Expansion.

       repeatable
              For  some  commands, keeping a key pressed doesn't run the command repeatedly.  This prefix forces
              enabling key repeat in any case.

       All of the osd prefixes are still overridden by the global --osd-level settings.

   Input Sections
       Input sections group a set of bindings, and enable or disable them at  once.   In  input.conf,  each  key
       binding is assigned to an input section, rather than actually having explicit text sections.

       Also see enable_section and disable_section commands.

       Predefined bindings:

       default
              Bindings  without  input section are implicitly assigned to this section. It is enabled by default
              during normal playback.

       encode Section which is active in encoding mode. It is enabled  exclusively,  so  that  bindings  in  the
              default sections are ignored.

   Properties
       Properties  are  used  to  set mpv options during runtime, or to query arbitrary information. They can be
       manipulated with the set/add/cycle commands, and retrieved with show-text, or  anything  else  that  uses
       property expansion. (See Property Expansion.)

       The property name is annotated with RW to indicate whether the property is generally writable.

       If an option is referenced, the property will normally take/return exactly the same values as the option.
       In these cases, properties are merely a way to change an option at runtime.

   Property list
       osd-level (RW)
              See --osd-level.

       osd-scale (RW)
              OSD font size multiplier, see --osd-scale.

       loop (RW)
              See --loop.

       loop-file (RW)
              See --loop-file (uses yes/no).

       speed (RW)
              See --speed.

       audio-speed-correction, video-speed-correction
              Factor multiplied with speed at which the player attempts to play the file. Usually  it's  exactly
              1. (Display sync mode will make this useful.)

              OSD formatting will display it in the form of +1.23456%, with the number being (raw - 1) * 100 for
              the given raw property value.

       display-sync-active
              Return whether --video-sync=display is actually active.

       filename
              Currently played file, with path stripped. If this is an URL, try  to  undo  percent  encoding  as
              well.  (The result is not necessarily correct, but looks better for display purposes. Use the path
              property to get an unmodified filename.)

       file-size
              Length in bytes of the source file/stream.  (This  is  the  same  as  ${stream-end}.  For  ordered
              chapters and such, the size of the currently played segment is returned.)

       estimated-frame-count
              Total number of frames in current file.

              NOTE:
                 This  is  only  an  estimate.  (It's  computed  from  two unreliable quantities: fps and stream
                 length.)

       estimated-frame-number
              Number of current frame in current stream.

              NOTE:
                 This is only an estimate. (It's computed from  two  unreliable  quantities:  fps  and  possibly
                 rounded timestamps.)

       path   Full  path  of  the currently played file. Usually this is exactly the same string you pass on the
              mpv command line or the loadfile command, even if it's a relative path. If you expect an  absolute
              path, you will have to determine it yourself, for example by using the working-directory property.

       media-title
              If the currently played file has a title tag, use that.

              Otherwise, if the media type is DVD, return the volume ID of DVD.

              Otherwise, return the filename property.

       file-format
              Symbolic  name  of the file format. In some cases, this is a comma-separated list of format names,
              e.g. mp4 is mov,mp4,m4a,3gp,3g2,mj2 (the list may grow in the future for any format).

       demuxer
              Name of the current demuxer. (This is useless.)

       stream-path
              Filename (full path) of the stream layer filename. (This is probably useless. It looks  like  this
              can be different from path only when using e.g. ordered chapters.)

       stream-pos (RW)
              Raw byte position in source stream.

       stream-end
              Raw end position in bytes in source stream.

       duration
              Duration  of the current file in seconds. If the duration is unknown, the property is unavailable.
              Note that the file duration is not always exactly known, so this is an estimate.

              This replaces the length property, which was deprecated after the mpv 0.9 release. (The  semantics
              are the same.)

       avsync Last A/V synchronization difference. Unavailable if audio or video is disabled.

       total-avsync-change
              Total A-V sync correction done. Unavailable if audio or video is disabled.

       drop-frame-count
              Video   frames   dropped   by  decoder,  because  video  is  too  far  behind  audio  (when  using
              --framedrop=decoder). Sometimes, this may be incremented in  other  situations,  e.g.  when  video
              packets  are  damaged,  or  the  decoder  doesn't  follow the usual rules. Unavailable if video is
              disabled.

       vo-drop-frame-count
              Frames dropped by VO (when using --framedrop=vo).

       mistimed-frame-count
              Number of video frames that were not timed correctly in display-sync mode for the sake of  keeping
              A/V  sync. This does not include external circumstances, such as video rendering being too slow or
              the graphics driver somehow skipping a vsync. It does not include rounding  errors  either  (which
              can  happen  especially  with  bad  source timestamps). For example, using the display-desync mode
              should never change this value from 0.

       vsync-ratio
              For how many vsyncs a frame is displayed on average. This is available if display-sync  is  active
              only.  For  30  FPS  video  on  a 60 Hz screen, this will be 2. This is the moving average of what
              actually has been scheduled, so 24 FPS on 60 Hz will never  remain  exactly  on  2.5,  but  jitter
              depending on the last frame displayed.

       vo-delayed-frame-count
              Estimated  number  of frames delayed due to external circumstances in display-sync mode. Note that
              in general, mpv has to guess that this is happening, and the guess can be inaccurate.

       percent-pos (RW)
              Position in current file (0-100). The advantage over using this instead of calculating it  out  of
              other  properties is that it properly falls back to estimating the playback position from the byte
              position, if the file duration is not known.

       time-pos (RW)
              Position in current file in seconds.

       time-start
              Deprecated. Always returns 0. Before mpv 0.14, this used to return the  start  time  of  the  file
              (could affect e.g. transport streams). See --rebase-start-time option.

       time-remaining
              Remaining  length of the file in seconds. Note that the file duration is not always exactly known,
              so this is an estimate.

       playtime-remaining
              time-remaining scaled by the current speed.

       playback-time (RW)
              Position in current file in seconds. Unlike time-pos, the time is clamped  to  the  range  of  the
              file.  (Inaccurate  file  durations etc. could make it go out of range. Also helpful when the user
              attempts to seek outside of the file, as the seek target time is considered the  current  position
              during seeking.)

       chapter (RW)
              Current chapter number. The number of the first chapter is 0.

       edition (RW)
              Current  MKV edition number. Setting this property to a different value will restart playback. The
              number of the first edition is 0.

       disc-titles
              Number of BD/DVD titles.

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based edition index.

              disc-titles/count
                     Number of titles.

              disc-titles/id
                     Title ID as integer. Currently, this is the same as the title index.

              disc-titles/length
                     Length in seconds. Can be unavailable  in  a  number  of  cases  (currently  it  works  for
                     libdvdnav only).

              When   querying   the   property   with   the  client  API  using  MPV_FORMAT_NODE,  or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each edition)
                         "id"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "length"            MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE

       disc-title-list
              List of BD/DVD titles.

       disc-title (RW)
              Current BD/DVD title number. Writing works only for dvdnav:// and bd:// (and aliases for these).

       chapters
              Number of chapters.

       editions
              Number of MKV editions.

       edition-list
              List of editions, current entry marked. Currently, the raw property value is useless.

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based edition index.

              edition-list/count
                     Number of editions. If there are no editions, this can be 0 or 1 (1 if  there's  a  useless
                     dummy edition).

              edition-list/N/id
                     Edition  ID  as integer. Use this to set the edition property.  Currently, this is the same
                     as the edition index.

              edition-list/N/default
                     yes if this is the default edition, no otherwise.

              edition-list/N/title
                     Edition title as stored in the file. Not always available.

              When  querying  the  property  with  the  client  API   using   MPV_FORMAT_NODE,   or   with   Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each edition)
                         "id"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "title"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "default"           MPV_FORMAT_FLAG

       ab-loop-a, ab-loop-b (RW)
              Set/get  A-B  loop points. See corresponding options and ab_loop command.  The special value no on
              either of these properties disables looping.

       angle (RW)
              Current DVD angle.

       metadata
              Metadata key/value pairs.

              If the property is accessed with Lua's mp.get_property_native, this returns a table with  metadata
              keys  mapping  to  metadata  values.  If  it  is  accessed  with  the  client  API, this returns a
              MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP, with tag keys mapping to tag values.

              For OSD, it returns a formatted list. Trying to retrieve this property as  a  raw  string  doesn't
              work.

              This has a number of sub-properties:

              metadata/by-key/<key>
                     Value of metadata entry <key>.

              metadata/list/count
                     Number of metadata entries.

              metadata/list/N/key
                     Key name of the Nth metadata entry. (The first entry is 0).

              metadata/list/N/value
                     Value of the Nth metadata entry.

              metadata/<key>
                     Old  version  of metadata/by-key/<key>. Use is discouraged, because the metadata key string
                     could conflict with other sub-properties.

              The layout of this property might be subject to change. Suggestions are welcome how  exactly  this
              property should work.

              When   querying   the   property   with   the  client  API  using  MPV_FORMAT_NODE,  or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP
                     (key and string value for each metadata entry)

       filtered-metadata
              Like metadata, but includes only fields listed in the --display-tags option. This is the same  set
              of tags that is printed to the terminal.

       chapter-metadata
              Metadata  of  current  chapter. Works similar to metadata property. It also allows the same access
              methods (using sub-properties).

              Per-chapter metadata is very rare. Usually, only the chapter name (title) is set.

              For accessing other information, like chapter start, see the chapter-list property.

       vf-metadata/<filter-label>
              Metadata added by video filters. Accessed by the filter label, which if not  explicitly  specified
              using the @filter-label: syntax, will be <filter-name>NN.

              Works similar to metadata property. It allows the same access methods (using sub-properties).

              An example of these kind of metadata are the cropping parameters added by --vf=lavfi=cropdetect.

       af-metadata/<filter-label>
              Equivalent to vf-metadata/<filter-label>, but for audio filters.

       pause (RW)
              Pause status. This is usually yes or no. See --pause.

       idle   Return yes if no file is loaded, but the player is staying around because of the --idle option.

       core-idle
              Return  yes  if  the playback core is paused, otherwise no. This can be different pause in special
              situations, such as when the player pauses itself due to low network cache.

              This also returns yes if playback is restarting or if nothing is playing at all. In  other  words,
              it's only no if there's actually video playing. (Behavior since mpv 0.7.0.)

       cache  Network cache fill state (0-100.0).

       cache-size (RW)
              Network  cache  size  in  KB.  This  is  similar  to --cache. This allows to set the cache size at
              runtime. Currently, it's not possible to enable  or  disable  the  cache  at  runtime  using  this
              property, just to resize an existing cache.

              This does not include the backbuffer size (changed after mpv 0.10.0).

              Note that this tries to keep the cache contents as far as possible. To make this easier, the cache
              resizing code will allocate the new cache while the old cache is still allocated.

              Don't use this when playing DVD or Blu-ray.

       cache-free (R)
              Total free cache size in KB.

       cache-used (R)
              Total used cache size in KB.

       cache-idle (R)
              Returns yes if the cache is idle, which means the cache is filled as  much  as  possible,  and  is
              currently not reading more data.

       demuxer-cache-duration
              Approximate  duration  of video buffered in the demuxer, in seconds. The guess is very unreliable,
              and often the property will not be available at all, even if data is buffered.

       demuxer-cache-time
              Approximate time of video buffered in the demuxer, in seconds. Same as demuxer-cache-duration  but
              returns the last timestamp of buffered data in demuxer.

       demuxer-cache-idle
              Returns  yes  if  the  demuxer  is  idle, which means the demuxer cache is filled to the requested
              amount, and is currently not reading more data.

       paused-for-cache
              Returns yes when playback is paused because of waiting for the cache.

       cache-buffering-state
              Return the percentage (0-100) of the cache fill status until the player will unpause  (related  to
              paused-for-cache).

       eof-reached
              Returns  yes  if  end of playback was reached, no otherwise. Note that this is usually interesting
              only if --keep-open is enabled, since otherwise the player will immediately play the next file (or
              exit  or  enter  idle mode), and in these cases the eof-reached property will logically be cleared
              immediately after it's set.

       seeking
              Returns yes if the player is currently seeking, or otherwise trying  to  restart  playback.  (It's
              possible  that  it returns yes while a file is loaded, or when switching ordered chapter segments.
              This is because the same underlying code is used for seeking and resyncing.)

       hr-seek (RW)
              See --hr-seek.

       volume (RW)
              Current volume (see --volume for details).

       mute (RW)
              Current mute status (yes/no).

       audio-delay (RW)
              See --audio-delay.

       audio-codec
              Audio codec selected for decoding.

       audio-codec-name
              Audio codec.

       audio-params
              Audio format as output by the audio decoder.  This has a number of sub-properties:

              audio-params/format
                     The sample format as string. This uses the same names as used in other places of mpv.

              audio-params/samplerate
                     Samplerate.

              audio-params/channels
                     The channel layout as a string. This is similar to what the --audio-channels accepts.

              audio-params/hr-channels
                     As channels, but instead of the possibly cryptic actual layout sent to  the  audio  device,
                     return  a  hopefully  more human readable form.  (Usually only audio-out-params/hr-channels
                     makes sense.)

              audio-params/channel-count
                     Number of audio channels. This is redundant to the channels field described above.

              When  querying  the  property  with  the  client  API   using   MPV_FORMAT_NODE,   or   with   Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP
                     "format"            MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "samplerate"        MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "channels"          MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "channel-count"     MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "hr-channels"       MPV_FORMAT_STRING

       audio-out-params
              Same as audio-params, but the format of the data written to the audio API.

       aid (RW)
              Current audio track (similar to --aid).

       audio (RW)
              Alias for aid.

       balance (RW)
              Audio  channel  balance. (The implementation of this feature is rather odd.  It doesn't change the
              volumes of each channel, but instead sets up a pan matrix to mix the left and right channels.)

       fullscreen (RW)
              See --fullscreen.

       deinterlace (RW)
              See --deinterlace.

       field-dominance (RW)
              See --field-dominance

       colormatrix (R)
              Redirects to video-params/colormatrix. This parameter (as well as similar ones) can be  overridden
              with the format video filter.

       colormatrix-input-range (R)
              See colormatrix.

       video-output-levels (RW)
              See --video-output-levels,

       colormatrix-primaries (R)
              See colormatrix.

       ontop (RW)
              See --ontop.

       border (RW)
              See --border.

       on-all-workspaces (RW)
              See --on-all-workspaces. Unsetting may not work on all WMs.

       framedrop (RW)
              See --framedrop.

       gamma (RW)
              See --gamma.

       brightness (RW)
              See --brightness.

       contrast (RW)
              See --contrast.

       saturation (RW)
              See --saturation.

       hue (RW)
              See --hue.

       hwdec (RW)
              Reflects the --hwdec option.

              Writing  to  it  may  change  the  currently used hardware decoder, if possible.  (Internally, the
              player may reinitialize the decoder, and will perform a seek to refresh the video  properly.)  You
              can watch the other hwdec properties to see whether this was successful.

              Unlike in mpv 0.9.x and before, this does not return the currently active hardware decoder.

       hwdec-active
              Return yes or no, depending on whether any type of hardware decoding is actually in use.

       hwdec-detected
              If  software  decoding is active, this returns the hardware decoder in use.  Otherwise, it returns
              either no, or if applicable, the currently loaded hardware decoding API. This is known  only  once
              the  VO  has  opened  (and  possibly  later).  With some VOs (like opengl), this is never known in
              advance, but only when the decoder attempted to create  the  hw  decoder  successfully.  Also,  hw
              decoders  with  -copy suffix will return no while no video is being decoded. All this reflects how
              detecting hw decoders are detected and used internally in mpv.

       panscan (RW)
              See --panscan.

       video-format
              Video format as string.

       video-codec
              Video codec selected for decoding.

       width, height
              Video size. This uses the size of the video as decoded, or if no video frame has been decoded yet,
              the (possibly incorrect) container indicated size.

       video-params
              Video  parameters,  as output by the decoder (with overrides like aspect etc. applied). This has a
              number of sub-properties:

              video-params/pixelformat
                     The pixel format as string. This uses the same names as used in other places of mpv.

              video-params/average-bpp
                     Average bits-per-pixel as integer. Subsampled planar formats use  a  different  resolution,
                     which  is  the reason this value can sometimes be odd or confusing. Can be unavailable with
                     some formats.

              video-params/plane-depth
                     Bit depth for each color  component  as  integer.  This  is  only  exposed  for  planar  or
                     single-component formats, and is unavailable for other formats.

              video-params/w, video-params/h
                     Video size as integers, with no aspect correction applied.

              video-params/dw, video-params/dh
                     Video size as integers, scaled for correct aspect ratio.

              video-params/aspect
                     Display aspect ratio as float.

              video-params/par
                     Pixel aspect ratio.

              video-params/colormatrix
                     The colormatrix in use as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

              video-params/colorlevels
                     The colorlevels as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

              video-params/primaries
                     The primaries in use as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

              video-params/gamma
                     The gamma function in use as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

              video-params/chroma-location
                     Chroma location as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

              video-params/rotate
                     Intended display rotation in degrees (clockwise).

              video-params/stereo-in
                     Source file stereo 3D mode. (See --video-stereo-mode option.)

              When   querying   the   property   with   the  client  API  using  MPV_FORMAT_NODE,  or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP
                     "pixelformat"       MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "w"                 MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "h"                 MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "dw"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "dh"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "aspect"            MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                     "par"               MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                     "colormatrix"       MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "colorlevels"       MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "primaries"         MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "chroma-location"   MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "rotate"            MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "stereo-in"         MPV_FORMAT_STRING

       dwidth, dheight
              Video display size. This is the video size after filters and aspect scaling have been applied. The
              actual  video  window  size  can  still be different from this, e.g. if the user resized the video
              window manually.

              These have the same values as video-out-params/dw and video-out-params/dh.

       video-out-params
              Same as video-params, but after video filters have been applied. If there are no video filters  in
              use,  this  will  contain the same values as video-params. Note that this is still not necessarily
              what the video window uses, since the user can change the window size, and all real VOs  do  their
              own scaling independently from the filter chain.

              Has the same sub-properties as video-params.

       video-frame-info
              Approximate  information  of  the  current  frame.  Note that if any of these are used on OSD, the
              information might be off by a few frames due to OSD redrawing and  frame  display  being  somewhat
              disconnected, and you might have to pause and force a redraw.

              Sub-properties:

              video-frame-info/picture-type           video-frame-info/interlaced           video-frame-info/tff
              video-frame-info/repeat

       fps    Container FPS. This can easily contain bogus values. For videos that use modern container  formats
              or video codecs, this will often be incorrect.

       estimated-vf-fps
              Estimated/measured FPS of the video filter chain output. (If no filters are used, this corresponds
              to decoder output.) This uses the average of the 10 past frame durations to calculate the FPS.  It
              will be inaccurate if frame-dropping is involved (such as when framedrop is explicitly enabled, or
              after precise seeking). Files with imprecise timestamps (such as Matroska) might lead to  unstable
              results.

       window-scale (RW)
              Window  size  multiplier.  Setting  this  will  resize the video window to the values contained in
              dwidth and dheight multiplied with the value set with this property.  Setting  1  will  resize  to
              original  video  size  (or  to be exact, the size the video filters output). 2 will set the double
              size, 0.5 halves the size.

       window-minimized
              Return whether the video window is minimized or not.

       display-names
              Names of the displays that the mpv window covers. On X11,  these  are  the  xrandr  names  (LVDS1,
              HDMI1, DP1, VGA1, etc.).

       display-fps (RW)
              The  refresh rate of the current display. Currently, this is the lowest FPS of any display covered
              by the video, as retrieved by the underlying system APIs (e.g. xrandr  on  X11).  It  is  not  the
              measured  FPS.  It's not necessarily available on all platforms. Note that any of the listed facts
              may change any time without a warning.

       estimated-display-fps
              Only available if display-sync mode (as selected by --video-sync) is active.  Returns  the  actual
              rate at which display refreshes seem to occur, measured by system time.

       vsync-jitter
              Estimated deviation factor of the vsync duration.

       video-aspect (RW)
              Video aspect, see --video-aspect.

       osd-width, osd-height
              Last  known  OSD  width  (can be 0). This is needed if you want to use the overlay_add command. It
              gives you the actual OSD size, which can be different from the window size in some cases.

       osd-par
              Last known OSD display pixel aspect (can be 0).

       vid (RW)
              Current video track (similar to --vid).

       video (RW)
              Alias for vid.

       video-align-x, video-align-y (RW)
              See --video-align-x and --video-align-y.

       video-pan-x, video-pan-y (RW)
              See --video-pan-x and --video-pan-y.

       video-zoom (RW)
              See --video-zoom.

       video-unscaled (W)
              See --video-unscaled.

       program (W)
              Switch TS program (write-only).

       sid (RW)
              Current subtitle track (similar to --sid).

       secondary-sid (RW)
              Secondary subtitle track (see --secondary-sid).

       sub (RW)
              Alias for sid.

       sub-delay (RW)
              See --sub-delay.

       sub-pos (RW)
              See --sub-pos.

       sub-visibility (RW)
              See --sub-visibility.

       sub-forced-only (RW)
              See --sub-forced-only.

       sub-scale (RW)
              Subtitle font size multiplier.

       ass-force-margins (RW)
              See --ass-force-margins.

       sub-use-margins (RW)
              See --sub-use-margins.

       ass-vsfilter-aspect-compat (RW)
              See --ass-vsfilter-aspect-compat.

       ass-style-override (RW)
              See --ass-style-override.

       stream-capture (RW)
              A filename, see --stream-capture. Setting this  will  start  capture  using  the  given  filename.
              Setting it to an empty string will stop it.

       tv-brightness, tv-contrast, tv-saturation, tv-hue (RW)
              TV stuff.

       playlist-pos (RW)
              Current  position  on  playlist.  The  first  entry is on position 0. Writing to the property will
              restart playback at the written entry.

       playlist-count
              Number of total playlist entries.

       playlist
              Playlist, current entry marked. Currently, the raw property value is useless.

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based playlist entry index.

              playlist/count
                     Number of playlist entries (same as playlist-count).

              playlist/N/filename
                     Filename of the Nth entry.

              playlist/N/current, playlist/N/playing
                     yes if this entry is currently playing (or being loaded).   Unavailable  or  no  otherwise.
                     When  changing  files,  current and playing can be different, because the currently playing
                     file hasn't been unloaded yet; in this case, current refers to the  new  selection.  (Since
                     mpv 0.7.0.)

              playlist/N/title
                     Name  of  the Nth entry. Only available if the playlist file contains such fields, and only
                     if mpv's parser supports it for the given playlist format.

              When  querying  the  property  with  the  client  API   using   MPV_FORMAT_NODE,   or   with   Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each playlist entry)
                         "filename"  MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "current"   MPV_FORMAT_FLAG (might be missing; since mpv 0.7.0)
                         "playing"   MPV_FORMAT_FLAG (same)
                         "title"     MPV_FORMAT_STRING (optional)

       track-list
              List  of  audio/video/sub  tracks,  current  entry  marked.  Currently,  the raw property value is
              useless.

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based track index.

              track-list/count
                     Total number of tracks.

              track-list/N/id
                     The ID as it's used for -sid/--aid/--vid. This is unique within tracks  of  the  same  type
                     (sub/audio/video), but otherwise not.

              track-list/N/type
                     String describing the media type. One of audio, video, sub.

              track-list/N/src-id
                     Track ID as used in the source file. Not always available.

              track-list/N/title
                     Track title as it is stored in the file. Not always available.

              track-list/N/lang
                     Track language as identified by the file. Not always available.

              track-list/N/audio-channels
                     For  audio  tracks,  the number of audio channels in the audio stream.  Not always accurate
                     (depends on container hints). Not always available.

              track-list/N/albumart
                     yes if this is a video  track  that  consists  of  a  single  picture,  no  or  unavailable
                     otherwise. This is used for video tracks that are really attached pictures in audio files.

              track-list/N/default
                     yes if the track has the default flag set in the file, no otherwise.

              track-list/N/forced
                     yes if the track has the forced flag set in the file, no otherwise.

              track-list/N/codec
                     The codec name used by this track, for example h264. Unavailable in some rare cases.

              track-list/N/external
                     yes  if  the  track  is  an  external file, no otherwise. This is set for separate subtitle
                     files.

              track-list/N/external-filename
                     The filename if the track is from an external file, unavailable otherwise.

              track-list/N/selected
                     yes if the track is currently decoded, no otherwise.

              track-list/N/ff-index
                     The stream index as usually used by the FFmpeg utilities. Note that this can be potentially
                     wrong  if  a  demuxer  other  than libavformat (--demuxer=lavf) is used. For mkv files, the
                     index will usually match even if the default (builtin) demuxer is used,  but  there  is  no
                     hard guarantee.

              When   querying   the   property   with   the  client  API  using  MPV_FORMAT_NODE,  or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each track)
                         "id"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "type"              MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "src-id"            MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "title"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "lang"              MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "audio-channels"    MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "albumart"          MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "default"           MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "forced"            MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "external"          MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "external-filename" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "codec"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING

       chapter-list
              List of chapters, current entry marked. Currently, the raw property value is useless.

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based chapter index.

              chapter-list/count
                     Number of chapters.

              chapter-list/N/title
                     Chapter title as stored in the file. Not always available.

              chapter-list/N/time
                     Chapter start time in seconds as float.

              When  querying  the  property  with  the  client  API   using   MPV_FORMAT_NODE,   or   with   Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each chapter)
                         "title" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "time"  MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE

       af (RW)
              See --af and the af command.

       vf (RW)
              See --vf and the vf command.

              When   querying   the   property   with   the  client  API  using  MPV_FORMAT_NODE,  or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each filter entry)
                         "name"      MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "label"     MPV_FORMAT_STRING [optional]
                         "params"    MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP [optional]
                             "key"   MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                             "value" MPV_FORMAT_STRING

              It's also possible to write the property using this format.

       video-rotate (RW)
              See --video-rotate option.

       seekable
              Return whether it's generally possible to seek in the current file.

       partially-seekable
              Return yes if the current file is considered seekable, but only because the cache is active.  This
              means  small  relative  seeks  may  be fine, but larger seeks may fail anyway. Whether a seek will
              succeed or not is generally not known in advance.

              If this property returns true, seekable will also return true.

       playback-abort
              Return whether playback is stopped or is to be stopped. (Useful in obscure situations like  during
              on_load  hook  processing,  when  the user can stop playback, but the script has to explicitly end
              processing.)

       cursor-autohide (RW)
              See --cursor-autohide. Setting this to a new value will always update the cursor,  and  reset  the
              internal timer.

       osd-sym-cc
              Inserts  the  current  OSD  symbol as opaque OSD control code (cc). This makes sense only with the
              show-text command or options which set OSD messages.  The control code is implementation  specific
              and is useless for anything else.

       osd-ass-cc
              ${osd-ass-cc/0}  disables escaping ASS sequences of text in OSD, ${osd-ass-cc/1} enables it again.
              By default, ASS sequences are escaped to  avoid  accidental  formatting,  and  this  property  can
              disable  this  behavior.  Note  that  the properties return an opaque OSD control code, which only
              makes sense for the show-text command or options which set OSD messages.

                 Example

                 • --osd-status-msg='This is ${osd-ass-cc/0}{\\b1}bold text'show-text "This is ${osd-ass-cc/0}{\b1}bold text"

              Any ASS override tags as understood by libass can be used.

              Note that you need to escape the \ character,  because  the  string  is  processed  for  C  escape
              sequences before passing it to the OSD code.

              A list of tags can be found here: http://docs.aegisub.org/latest/ASS_Tags/

       vo-configured
              Return  whether  the  VO  is  configured  right now. Usually this corresponds to whether the video
              window is visible. If the --force-window option is used, this is usually always returns yes.

       video-bitrate, audio-bitrate, sub-bitrate
              Bitrate values calculated on the packet level. This works by dividing the bit size of all  packets
              between  two  keyframes  by  their  presentation timestamp distance. (This uses the timestamps are
              stored in the file, so e.g. playback speed does not influence the returned values.) In particular,
              the video bitrate will update only per keyframe, and show the "past" bitrate. To make the property
              more UI friendly, updates to these properties are throttled in a certain way.

              The unit is bits per second. OSD formatting turns  these  values  in  kilobits  (or  megabits,  if
              appropriate), which can be prevented by using the raw property value, e.g. with ${=video-bitrate}.

              Note  that  the  accuracy  of  these properties is influenced by a few factors.  If the underlying
              demuxer rewrites the packets on demuxing (done for  some  file  formats),  the  bitrate  might  be
              slightly  off.  If timestamps are bad or jittery (like in Matroska), even constant bitrate streams
              might show fluctuating bitrate.

              How exactly these values are calculated might change in the future.

              In earlier versions of mpv, these properties returned a static (but bad) guess using a  completely
              different method.

       packet-video-bitrate, packet-audio-bitrate, packet-sub-bitrate
              Old  and  deprecated properties for video-bitrate, audio-bitrate, sub-bitrate. They behave exactly
              the same, but return a value in kilobits. Also, they don't have any  OSD  formatting,  though  the
              same can be achieved with e.g. ${=video-bitrate}.

              These properties shouldn't be used anymore.

       audio-device-list
              Return  the  list  of  discovered  audio  devices. This is mostly for use with the client API, and
              reflects what --audio-device=help with the command line player returns.

              When  querying  the  property  with  the  client  API   using   MPV_FORMAT_NODE,   or   with   Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each device entry)
                         "name"          MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "description"   MPV_FORMAT_STRING

              The  name  is  what is to be passed to the --audio-device option (and often a rather cryptic audio
              API-specific ID), while description is human readable free form text. The description is an  empty
              string if none was received.

              The  special  entry  with  the  name  set  to auto selects the default audio output driver and the
              default device.

              The property can be watched with the property observation mechanism in the client API and  in  Lua
              scripts. (Technically, change notification is enabled the first time this property is read.)

       audio-device (RW)
              Set the audio device. This directly reads/writes the --audio-device option, but on write accesses,
              the audio output will be scheduled for reloading.

              Writing this property while no audio output is active will not automatically enable  audio.  (This
              is  also true in the case when audio was disabled due to reinitialization failure after a previous
              write access to audio-device.)

              This property also doesn't tell you which audio device is actually in use.

              How these details are handled may change in the future.

       current-vo
              Current video output driver (name as used with --vo).

       current-ao
              Current audio output driver (name as used with --ao).

       audio-out-detected-device
              Return the audio device selected by the AO driver (only implemented for  some  drivers:  currently
              only coreaudio).

       working-directory
              Return  the  working  directory  of the mpv process. Can be useful for JSON IPC users, because the
              command line player usually works with relative paths.

       protocol-list
              List of protocol prefixes potentially recognized by the player. They are returned without trailing
              ://  suffix  (which  is  still always required).  In some cases, the protocol will not actually be
              supported (consider https if ffmpeg is not compiled with TLS support).

       mpv-version
              Return the mpv version/copyright string. Depending on how the binary was built, it  might  contain
              either a release version, or just a git hash.

       mpv-configuration
              Return  the configuration arguments which were passed to the build system (typically the way ./waf
              configure ... was invoked).

       options/<name> (RW)
              Read-only access to value of option --<name>. Most options can be changed at runtime by writing to
              this  property.  Note  that many options require reloading the file for changes to take effect. If
              there is an equivalent property, prefer setting the property instead.

       file-local-options/<name>
              Similar to options/<name>, but when setting an option through this property, the option  is  reset
              to  its  old  value  once the current file has stopped playing. Trying to write an option while no
              file is playing (or is being loaded) results in an error.

              (Note that if an option is marked as file-local, even options/ will access the  local  value,  and
              the  old value, which will be restored on end of playback, can not be read or written until end of
              playback.)

       option-info/<name>
              Additional per-option information.

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace <name> with  the  name  of  a  top-level  option.  No
              guarantee  of stability is given to any of these sub-properties - they may change radically in the
              feature.

              option-info/<name>/name
                     Returns the name of the option.

              option-info/<name>/type
                     Return the name of the option type, like String or Integer.  For many complex  types,  this
                     isn't very accurate.

              option-info/<name>/set-from-commandline
                     Return  yes if the option was set from the mpv command line, no otherwise. What this is set
                     to if the option is e.g. changed at runtime is left undefined (meaning it could  change  in
                     the future).

              option-info/<name>/set-locally
                     Return  yes  if  the  option  was  set per-file. This is the case with automatically loaded
                     profiles, file-dir configs, and other cases. It means the option value will be restored  to
                     the value before playback start when playback ends.

              option-info/<name>/default-value
                     The default value of the option. May not always be available.

              option-info/<name>/min, option-info/<name>/max
                     Integer  minimum  and  maximum values allowed for the option. Only available if the options
                     are numeric, and the minimum/maximum has been set internally. It's also possible that  only
                     one of these is set.

              option-info/<name>/choices
                     If  the  option  is a choice option, the possible choices. Choices that are integers may or
                     may not be included (they can be implied by min and max). Note that  options  which  behave
                     like  choice  options, but are not actual choice options internally, may not have this info
                     available.

       property-list
              Return the list of top-level properties.

   Property Expansion
       All string arguments to input commands as well as certain options (like --term-playing-msg)  are  subject
       to property expansion. Note that property expansion does not work in places where e.g. numeric parameters
       are expected.  (For example, the add command does not do  property  expansion.  The  set  command  is  an
       exception and not a general rule.)

          Example for input.conf

          i show-text Filename: ${filename}
                 shows the filename of the current file when pressing the i key

       Within input.conf, property expansion can be inhibited by putting the raw prefix in front of commands.

       The following expansions are supported:

       ${NAME}
              Expands  to  the  value of the property NAME. If retrieving the property fails, expand to an error
              string. (Use ${NAME:} with a trailing : to expand  to  an  empty  string  instead.)   If  NAME  is
              prefixed with =, expand to the raw value of the property (see section below).

       ${NAME:STR}
              Expands  to  the  value  of  the property NAME, or STR if the property cannot be retrieved. STR is
              expanded recursively.

       ${?NAME:STR}
              Expands to STR (recursively) if the property NAME is available.

       ${!NAME:STR}
              Expands to STR (recursively) if the property NAME cannot be retrieved.

       ${?NAME==VALUE:STR}
              Expands to STR (recursively) if the property NAME expands to a string  equal  to  VALUE.  You  can
              prefix  NAME  with  =  in order to compare the raw value of a property (see section below). If the
              property is unavailable, or other errors happen when retrieving it, the value is never  considered
              equal.   Note  that  VALUE  can't contain any of the characters : or }.  Also, it is possible that
              escaping with " or % might be added in the future, should the need arise.

       ${!NAME==VALUE:STR}
              Same as with the ? variant, but STR is expanded if  the  value  is  not  equal.  (Using  the  same
              semantics as with ?.)

       $$     Expands to $.

       $}     Expands to }. (To produce this character inside recursive expansion.)

       $>     Disable property expansion and special handling of $ for the rest of the string.

       In places where property expansion is allowed, C-style escapes are often accepted as well. Example:

          • \n becomes a newline character

          • \\ expands to \

   Raw and Formatted Properties
       Normally,  properties  are  formatted  as  human-readable  text,  meant  to be displayed on OSD or on the
       terminal. It is possible to retrieve an unformatted (raw) value from a property  by  prefixing  its  name
       with  =.  These raw values can be parsed by other programs and follow the same conventions as the options
       associated with the properties.

          Examples

          • ${time-pos} expands to 00:14:23 (if playback position is at 14 minutes 23 seconds)

          • ${=time-pos} expands to 863.4 (same time, plus 400 milliseconds  -  milliseconds  are  normally  not
            shown in the formatted case)

       Sometimes,  the  difference  in amount of information carried by raw and formatted property values can be
       rather big. In some cases, raw values have more information, like  higher  precision  than  seconds  with
       time-pos.  Sometimes it is the other way around, e.g. aid shows track title and language in the formatted
       case, but only the track number if it is raw.

ON SCREEN CONTROLLER

       The  On  Screen  Controller  (short:  OSC)  is  a  minimal  GUI  integrated  with  mpv  to  offer   basic
       mouse-controllability.  It is intended to make interaction easier for new users and to enable precise and
       direct seeking.

       The OSC is enabled by default if mpv was compiled with Lua support. It can be disabled entirely using the
       --osc=no option.

   Using the OSC
       By  default,  the  OSC will show up whenever the mouse is moved inside the player window and will hide if
       the mouse is not moved outside the OSC for 0.5 seconds or if the mouse leaves the window.

   The Interface
          +------------------+-----------+--------------------+
          | playlist prev    |   title   |      playlist next |
          +-------+------+---+--+------+-+----+------+--------+
          | audio | skip | seek |      | seek | skip |  full  |
          +-------+ back | back | play | frwd | frwd | screen |
          | sub   |      |      |      |      |      |        |
          +-------+------+------+------+------+------+--------+
          |                     seekbar                       |
          +----------------+--------------+-------------------+
          | time passed    | cache status |    time remaining |
          +----------------+--------------+-------------------+

       playlist prev

                                       ┌──────────────┬────────────────────────────────┐
                                       │left-click    │ play previous file in playlist │
                                       ├──────────────┼────────────────────────────────┤
                                       │shift+L-click │ show playlist                  │
                                       └──────────────┴────────────────────────────────┘

       title
              Displays current media-title or filename

                                    ┌────────────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
                                    │left-click  │ show playlist position and length and │
                                    │            │ full title                            │
                                    ├────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                    │right-click │ show filename                         │
                                    └────────────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘

       playlist next

                                         ┌──────────────┬────────────────────────────┐
                                         │left-click    │ play next file in playlist │
                                         ├──────────────┼────────────────────────────┤
                                         │shift+L-click │ show playlist              │
                                         └──────────────┴────────────────────────────┘

       audio and sub
              Displays selected track and amount of available tracks

                                      ┌──────────────┬──────────────────────────────────┐
                                      │left-click    │ cycle audio/sub tracks forward   │
                                      ├──────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                                      │right-click   │ cycle audio/sub tracks backwards │
                                      ├──────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                                      │shift+L-click │ show available audio/sub tracks  │
                                      └──────────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘

       skip back

                                   ┌──────────────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
                                   │left-click    │ go to beginning of chapter / previous │
                                   │              │ chapter                               │
                                   ├──────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                   │shift+L-click │ show chapters                         │
                                   └──────────────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘

       seek back

                                            ┌──────────────┬──────────────────────┐
                                            │left-click    │ skip back  5 seconds │
                                            ├──────────────┼──────────────────────┤
                                            │right-click   │ skip back 30 seconds │
                                            ├──────────────┼──────────────────────┤
                                            │shift-L-click │ skip back  1 frame   │
                                            └──────────────┴──────────────────────┘

       play

                                               ┌───────────┬───────────────────┐
                                               │left-click │ toggle play/pause │
                                               └───────────┴───────────────────┘

       seek frwd

                                          ┌──────────────┬─────────────────────────┐
                                          │left-click    │ skip forward 10 seconds │
                                          ├──────────────┼─────────────────────────┤
                                          │right-click   │ skip forward 60 seconds │
                                          ├──────────────┼─────────────────────────┤
                                          │shift-L-click │ skip forward  1 frame   │
                                          └──────────────┴─────────────────────────┘

       skip frwd

                                             ┌──────────────┬────────────────────┐
                                             │left-click    │ go to next chapter │
                                             ├──────────────┼────────────────────┤
                                             │shift+L-click │ show chapters      │
                                             └──────────────┴────────────────────┘

       fullscreen

                                               ┌───────────┬───────────────────┐
                                               │left-click │ toggle fullscreen │
                                               └───────────┴───────────────────┘

       seekbar
              Indicates current playback position and position of chapters

                                               ┌───────────┬──────────────────┐
                                               │left-click │ seek to position │
                                               └───────────┴──────────────────┘

       time passed
              Shows current playback position timestamp

                                     ┌───────────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
                                     │left-click │ toggle  displaying   timecodes   with │
                                     │           │ milliseconds                          │
                                     └───────────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘

       cache status
              Shows current cache fill status (only visible when below 45%)

       time remaining
              Shows remaining playback time timestamp

                                     ┌───────────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
                                     │left-click │ toggle  between  total  and remaining │
                                     │           │ time                                  │
                                     └───────────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘

   Key Bindings
       These key bindings are active by default if nothing else is already bound  to  these  keys.  In  case  of
       collision, the function needs to be bound to a different key. See the Script Commands section.

                                     ┌────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
                                     │del │ Hide the OSC permanently until mpv is │
                                     │    │ restarted.                            │
                                     └────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘

   Configuration
       The OSC offers limited configuration through a config file lua-settings/osc.conf placed in mpv's user dir
       and  through  the  --script-opts  command-line  option.  Options  provided  through the command-line will
       override those from the config file.

   Config Syntax
       The config file must exactly follow the following syntax:

          # this is a comment
          optionA=value1
          optionB=value2

       # can only be used at the beginning of a line and there may be no spaces around the = or anywhere else.

   Command-line Syntax
       To avoid collisions with other scripts, all options need to be prefixed with osc-.

       Example:

          --script-opts=osc-optionA=value1,osc-optionB=value2

   Configurable Options
       showwindowed
              Default: yes
              Enable the OSC when windowed

       showfullscreen
              Default: yes
              Enable the OSC when fullscreen

       scalewindowed
              Default: 1.0
              Scale factor of the OSC when windowed

       scalefullscreen
              Default: 1.0
              Scale factor of the OSC when fullscreen

       scaleforcedwindow
              Default: 2.0
              Scale factor of the OSC when rendered on a forced (dummy) window

       vidscale
              Default: yes
              Scale the OSC with the video
              no tries to keep the OSC size constant as much as the window size allows

       valign
              Default: 0.8
              Vertical alignment, -1 (top) to 1 (bottom)

       halign
              Default: 0.0
              Horizontal alignment, -1 (left) to 1 (right)

       boxalpha
              Default: 80
              Alpha of the background box, 0 (opaque) to 255 (fully transparent)

       hidetimeout
              Default: 500
              Duration in ms until the OSC hides if no mouse movement, negative value
              disables auto-hide

       fadeduration
              Default: 200
              Duration of fade out in ms, 0 = no fade

       deadzonesize
              Default: 0
              Size of the deadzone. The deadzone is an area that makes the mouse act
              like leaving the window. Movement there won't make the OSC show up and
              it will hide immediately if the mouse enters it. The deadzone starts
              at the window border opposite to the OSC and the size controls how much
              of the window it will span. Values between 0 and 1.

       minmousemove
              Default: 3
              Minimum amount of pixels the mouse has to move between ticks to make
              the OSC show up

       layout
              Default: box
              The layout for the OSC. Currently available are: box, slimbox,
              bottombar and topbar.

       seekbarstyle
              Default: slider
              Sets the style of the seekbar, slider (diamond marker) or bar (fill)

       timetotal
              Default: no
              Show total time instead of time remaining

       timems
              Default: no
              Display timecodes with milliseconds

   Script Commands
       The OSC script listens to certain script commands. These commands can bound in  input.conf,  or  sent  by
       other scripts.

       enable-osc
              Undoes disable-osc or the effect of the del key.

       disable-osc
              Hide the OSC permanently. This is also what the del key does.

       osc-message
              Show  a  message  on  screen  using the OSC. First argument is the message, second the duration in
              seconds.

       Example

       You could put this into input.conf to hide the OSC with the a key and to unhide it with b:

          a script_message disable-osc
          b script_message enable-osc

LUA SCRIPTING

       mpv can load Lua scripts. Scripts passed to the --script option, or found in the scripts subdirectory  of
       the  mpv  configuration  directory  (usually ~/.config/mpv/scripts/) will be loaded on program start. mpv
       also appends the scripts subdirectory to the end of Lua's path so you can import scripts from there  too.
       Since it's added to the end, don't name scripts you want to import the same as Lua libraries because they
       will be overshadowed by them.

       mpv provides the built-in module mp, which contains functions to send commands to the  mpv  core  and  to
       retrieve information about playback state, user settings, file information, and so on.

       These  scripts can be used to control mpv in a similar way to slave mode.  Technically, the Lua code uses
       the client API internally.

   Example
       A script which leaves fullscreen mode when the player is paused:

          function on_pause_change(name, value)
              if value == true then
                  mp.set_property("fullscreen", "no")
              end
          end
          mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", on_pause_change)

   Details on the script initialization and lifecycle
       Your script will be loaded by the player at program start from the scripts configuration subdirectory, or
       from  a  path  specified  with the --script option. Some scripts are loaded internally (like --osc). Each
       script runs in its own thread. Your script is first run "as is", and once that is done, the event loop is
       entered.  This event loop will dispatch events received by mpv and call your own event handlers which you
       have registered with mp.register_event, or timers added with mp.add_timeout or similar.

       When the player quits, all scripts will be asked to terminate. This happens via a shutdown  event,  which
       by  default  will  make the event loop return. If your script got into an endless loop, mpv will probably
       behave fine during playback (unless the player is suspended, see mp.suspend), but it won't terminate when
       quitting, because it's waiting on your script.

       Internally, the C code will call the Lua function mp_event_loop after loading a Lua script. This function
       is normally defined by the default prelude loaded before your script (see player/lua/defaults.lua in  the
       mpv sources).  The event loop will wait for events and dispatch events registered with mp.register_event.
       It will also handle timers added with mp.add_timeout and similar (by waiting with a timeout).

       Since mpv 0.6.0, the player will  wait  until  the  script  is  fully  loaded  before  continuing  normal
       operation.  The player considers a script as fully loaded as soon as it starts waiting for mpv events (or
       it exits). In practice this means the player will more or less hang until the  script  returns  from  the
       main  chunk  (and  mp_event_loop  is  called),  or  the  script calls mp_event_loop or mp.dispatch_events
       directly. This is done to make it possible for a  script  to  fully  setup  event  handlers  etc.  before
       playback actually starts. In older mpv versions, this happened asynchronously.

   mp functions
       The  mp  module  is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with require 'mp'. It provides the core
       client API.

       mp.command(string)
              Run the given command. This is similar to the commands used in  input.conf.   See  List  of  Input
              Commands.

              By  default,  this will show something on the OSD (depending on the command), as if it was used in
              input.conf. See Input Command Prefixes how to influence OSD usage per command.

              Returns true on success, or nil, error on error.

       mp.commandv(arg1, arg2, ...)
              Similar to mp.command, but pass  each  command  argument  as  separate  parameter.  This  has  the
              advantage that you don't have to care about quoting and escaping in some cases.

              Example:

                 mp.command("loadfile " .. filename .. " append")
                 mp.commandv("loadfile", filename, "append")

              These  two  commands are equivalent, except that the first version breaks if the filename contains
              spaces or certain special characters.

              Note that properties are not expanded.  You  can  use  either  mp.command,  the  expand-properties
              prefix, or the mp.get_property family of functions.

              Unlike  mp.command,  this  will  not  use  OSD  by  default  either  (except for some OSD-specific
              commands).

       mp.command_native(table [,def])
              Similar to mp.commandv, but pass the argument list as table. This has the  advantage  that  in  at
              least some cases, arguments can be passed as native types.

              Returns  a  result  table  on  success  (usually empty), or def, error on error. def is the second
              parameter provided to the function, and is nil if it's missing.

       mp.get_property(name [,def])
              Return the value of the given property as string.  These  are  the  same  properties  as  used  in
              input.conf.  See  Properties for a list of properties. The returned string is formatted similar to
              ${=name} (see Property Expansion).

              Returns the string on success, or def, error on error. def is the second parameter provided to the
              function, and is nil if it's missing.

       mp.get_property_osd(name [,def])
              Similar  to  mp.get_property,  but  return  the property value formatted for OSD. This is the same
              string as printed with ${name} when used in input.conf.

              Returns the string on success, or def, error on error. def is the second parameter provided to the
              function,  and  is  an  empty  string if it's missing. Unlike get_property(), assigning the return
              value to a variable will always result in a string.

       mp.get_property_bool(name [,def])
              Similar to mp.get_property, but return the property value as Boolean.

              Returns a Boolean on success, or def, error on error.

       mp.get_property_number(name [,def])
              Similar to mp.get_property, but return the property value as number.

              Note that while Lua does not distinguish between integers  and  floats,  mpv  internals  do.  This
              function  simply  request  a  double float from mpv, and mpv will usually convert integer property
              values to float.

              Returns a number on success, or def, error on error.

       mp.get_property_native(name [,def])
              Similar to mp.get_property, but return the  property  value  using  the  best  Lua  type  for  the
              property.  Most  time, this will return a string, Boolean, or number. Some properties (for example
              chapter-list) are returned as tables.

              Returns a value on success, or def, error on error. Note that nil might be a possible, valid value
              too in some corner cases.

       mp.set_property(name, value)
              Set  the  given  property  to  the given string value. See mp.get_property and Properties for more
              information about properties.

              Returns true on success, or nil, error on error.

       mp.set_property_bool(name, value)
              Similar to mp.set_property, but set the given property to the given Boolean value.

       mp.set_property_number(name, value)
              Similar to mp.set_property, but set the given property to the given numeric value.

              Note that while Lua does not distinguish between integers  and  floats,  mpv  internals  do.  This
              function  will  test  whether the number can be represented as integer, and if so, it will pass an
              integer value to mpv, otherwise a double float.

       mp.set_property_native(name, value)
              Similar to mp.set_property, but set the given property using its native type.

              Since there are several data types which can not represented  natively  in  Lua,  this  might  not
              always  work  as  expected.  For  example,  while  the Lua wrapper can do some guesswork to decide
              whether a Lua table is an array or a map, this would fail with empty tables. Also, there  are  not
              many  properties for which it makes sense to use this, instead of set_property, set_property_bool,
              set_property_number.  For these reasons, this function should probably be avoided for now,  except
              for properties that use tables natively.

       mp.get_time()
              Return  the  current  mpv internal time in seconds as a number. This is basically the system time,
              with an arbitrary offset.

       mp.add_key_binding(key, name|fn [,fn [,flags]])
              Register callback to be run on a key binding. The binding will be mapped to the given  key,  which
              is  a  string describing the physical key. This uses the same key names as in input.conf, and also
              allows combinations (e.g. ctrl+a).

              After calling this function, key presses will cause the function fn to be called (unless the  user
              remapped the key with another binding).

              The  name  argument should be a short symbolic string. It allows the user to remap the key binding
              via input.conf using the script_message command, and the name of the key binding (see below for an
              example).  The  name  should  be  unique  across  other  bindings in the same script - if not, the
              previous binding with the same name will be overwritten. You can omit the name, in  which  case  a
              random name is generated internally.

              The  last  argument  is  used  for  optional  flags. This is a table, which can have the following
              entries:

                 repeatable
                        If set to true, enables key repeat for this specific binding.

                 complex
                        If set to true, then fn is called on both key up and down events (as well as key repeat,
                        if enabled), with the first argument being a table. This table has an event entry, which
                        is set to one of the strings down, repeat, up or press (the latter if key up/down  can't
                        be  tracked). It further has an is_mouse entry, which tells whether the event was caused
                        by a mouse button.

              Internally, key bindings are dispatched via the script_message_to or script_binding input commands
              and mp.register_script_message.

              Trying to map multiple commands to a key will essentially prefer a random binding, while the other
              bindings are not called. It is guaranteed that user defined bindings in the central input.conf are
              preferred over bindings added with this function (but see mp.add_forced_key_binding).

              Example:

                 function something_handler()
                     print("the key was pressed")
                 end
                 mp.add_key_binding("x", "something", something_handler)

              This will print the message the key was pressed when x was pressed.

              The  user can remap these key bindings. Then the user has to put the following into his input.conf
              to remap the command to the y key:

                 y script_binding something

              This will print the message when the key y is pressed. (x will still work, unless the user  remaps
              it.)

              You  can  also explicitly send a message to a named script only. Assume the above script was using
              the filename fooscript.lua:

                 y script_binding fooscript.something

       mp.add_forced_key_binding(...)
              This works almost the same as mp.add_key_binding, but registers the key binding in a way that will
              overwrite the user's custom bindings in his input.conf. (mp.add_key_binding overwrites default key
              bindings only, but not those by the user's input.conf.)

       mp.remove_key_binding(name)
              Remove a key binding added with mp.add_key_binding or mp.add_forced_key_binding. Use the same name
              as  you  used when adding the bindings. It's not possible to remove bindings for which you omitted
              the name.

       mp.register_event(name, fn)
              Call a specific function when an event happens. The event name is a string, and the function fn is
              a Lua function value.

              Some  events  have associated data. This is put into a Lua table and passed as argument to fn. The
              Lua table by default contains a name field, which is a string containing the event  name.  If  the
              event has an error associated, the error field is set to a string describing the error, on success
              it's not set.

              If multiple functions are registered for the same event, they are run in registration order, which
              the first registered function running before all the other ones.

              Returns true if such an event exists, false otherwise.

              See Events and List of events for details.

       mp.unregister_event(fn)
              Undo  mp.register_event(...,  fn).  This  removes  all  event  handlers  that  are equal to the fn
              parameter. This uses normal Lua == comparison, so be careful when dealing with closures.

       mp.observe_property(name, type, fn)
              Watch a property for changes. If the property name is changed, then the function fn(name) will  be
              called.  type  can be nil, or be set to one of none, native, bool, string, or number.  none is the
              same as nil. For all other values, the new value of the property will be passed as second argument
              to  fn,  using mp.get_property_<type> to retrieve it. This means if type is for example string, fn
              is roughly called as in fn(name, mp.get_property_string(name)).

              If possible, change events are coalesced. If a property is changed a bunch of times in a row, only
              the  last  change  triggers  the  change function. (The exact behavior depends on timing and other
              things.)

              In some cases the function is not called even if the property changes.  Whether  this  can  happen
              depends on the property.

              If  the  type  is none or nil, sporadic property change events are possible. This means the change
              function fn can be called even if the property doesn't actually change.

       mp.unobserve_property(fn)
              Undo mp.observe_property(..., fn). This removes all property handlers that are  equal  to  the  fn
              parameter. This uses normal Lua == comparison, so be careful when dealing with closures.

       mp.add_timeout(seconds, fn)
              Call  the given function fn when the given number of seconds has elapsed.  Note that the number of
              seconds can be fractional. For now, the timer's resolution may be as low as 50 ms,  although  this
              will be improved in the future.

              This is a one-shot timer: it will be removed when it's fired.

              Returns a timer object. See mp.add_periodic_timer for details.

       mp.add_periodic_timer(seconds, fn)
              Call the given function periodically. This is like mp.add_timeout, but the timer is re-added after
              the function fn is run.

              Returns a timer object. The timer object provides the following methods:

                     stop() Disable the timer. Does nothing  if  the  timer  is  already  disabled.   This  will
                            remember  the  current  elapsed  time  when  stopping,  so that resume() essentially
                            unpauses the timer.

                     kill() Disable the timer. Resets the elapsed time. resume() will restart the timer.

                     resume()
                            Restart the timer. If the timer was disabled with stop(), this will  resume  at  the
                            time  it was stopped. If the timer was disabled with kill(), or if it's a previously
                            fired one-shot timer (added with add_timeout()), this  starts  the  timer  from  the
                            beginning, using the initially configured timeout.

                     timeout (RW)
                            This  field  contains  the current timeout period. This value is not updated as time
                            progresses. It's only used to calculate when the timer should  fire  next  when  the
                            timer expires.

                            If  you  write this, you can call t:kill() ; t:resume() to reset the current timeout
                            to the new one. (t:stop() won't use the new timeout.)

                     oneshot (RW)
                            Whether the timer is periodic (false) or fires just once (true). This value is  used
                            when the timer expires (but before the timer callback function fn is run).

              Note  that  these  are  method,  and  you  have  to  call  them  using  :  instead  of . (Refer to
              http://www.lua.org/manual/5.2/manual.html#3.4.9 .)

              Example:

                 seconds = 0
                 timer = mp.add_periodic_timer(1, function()
                     print("called every second")
                     # stop it after 10 seconds
                     seconds = seconds + 1
                     if seconds >= 10 then
                         timer:kill()
                     end
                 end)

       mp.get_opt(key)
              Return a setting from the --script-opts option. It's up to  the  user  and  the  script  how  this
              mechanism  is used. Currently, all scripts can access this equally, so you should be careful about
              collisions.

       mp.get_script_name()
              Return the name of the current script. The name is usually made of the  filename  of  the  script,
              with  directory  and file extension removed. If there are several script which would have the same
              name, it's made unique by appending a number.

                 Example

                        The script /path/to/fooscript.lua becomes fooscript.

       mp.osd_message(text [,duration])
              Show an OSD message on the screen. duration is in seconds, and is optional (uses --osd-duration by
              default).

   Advanced mp functions
       These  also  live  in  the  mp  module,  but are documented separately as they are useful only in special
       situations.

       mp.suspend()
              Suspend the mpv main loop. There is a long-winded explanation  of  this  in  the  C  API  function
              mpv_suspend().  In  short,  this prevents the player from displaying the next video frame, so that
              you don't get blocked when trying to access the player.

              This is automatically called by the event handler.

       mp.resume()
              Undo  one  mp.suspend()  call.  mp.suspend()  increments  an  internal  counter,  and  mp.resume()
              decrements it. When 0 is reached, the player is actually resumed.

       mp.resume_all()
              This  resets  the  internal suspend counter and resumes the player. (It's like calling mp.resume()
              until the player is actually resumed.)

              You might want to call this if you're about to do something that takes a long  time,  but  doesn't
              really  need  access  to the player (like a network operation). Note that you still can access the
              player at any time.

       mp.get_wakeup_pipe()
              Calls mpv_get_wakeup_pipe() and returns the read  end  of  the  wakeup  pipe.  (See  client.h  for
              details.)

       mp.get_next_timeout()
              Return  the  relative time in seconds when the next timer (mp.add_timeout and similar) expires. If
              there is no timer, return nil.

       mp.dispatch_events([allow_wait])
              This can be used to run custom event loops. If you want to have direct control what the Lua script
              does  (instead  of  being  called  by  the  default  event  loop), you can set the global variable
              mp_event_loop to your own function running the event loop. From your event loop, you  should  call
              mp.dispatch_events() to dequeue and dispatch mpv events.

              If  the  allow_wait  parameter  is  set  to  true, the function will block until the next event is
              received or the next timer expires. Otherwise (and this is the default behavior),  it  returns  as
              soon  as  the  event  loop  is emptied. It's strongly recommended to use mp.get_next_timeout() and
              mp.get_wakeup_pipe() if you're interested in properly  working  notification  of  new  events  and
              working timers.

              This function calls mp.suspend() and mp.resume_all() on its own.

       mp.enable_messages(level)
              Set  the  minimum  log  level  of which mpv message output to receive. These messages are normally
              printed to the terminal. By calling this function, you can set the minimum log level  of  messages
              which  should  be  received  with  the  log-message  event.  See the description of this event for
              details.  The level is a string, see msg.log for allowed log levels.

       mp.register_script_message(name, fn)
              This is a helper to dispatch script_message or script_message_to invocations to Lua functions.  fn
              is  called  if  script_message  or script_message_to (with this script as destination) is run with
              name as first parameter. The other parameters are passed to fn.  If a message with the given  name
              is already registered, it's overwritten.

              Used by mp.add_key_binding, so be careful about name collisions.

       mp.unregister_script_message(name)
              Undo  a  previous  registration  with  mp.register_script_message. Does nothing if the name wasn't
              registered.

   mp.msg functions
       This module allows outputting messages to the terminal, and can be loaded with require 'mp.msg'.

       msg.log(level, ...)
              The level parameter is the message priority. It's a string and one of fatal, error, warn, info, v,
              debug.  The  user's settings will determine which of these messages will be visible. Normally, all
              messages are visible, except v and debug.

              The parameters after that are all converted to strings. Spaces are inserted to  separate  multiple
              parameters.

              You don't need to add newlines.

       msg.fatal(...), msg.error(...), msg.warn(...), msg.info(...), msg.verbose(...), msg.debug(...)
              All of these are shortcuts and equivalent to the corresponding msg.log(level, ...) call.

   mp.options functions
       mpv  comes  with a built-in module to manage options from config-files and the command-line. All you have
       to do is to supply a table with default options to the read_options function. The function will overwrite
       the default values with values found in the config-file and the command-line (in that order).

       options.read_options(table [, identifier])
              A  table  with  key-value  pairs.  The  type of the default values is important for converting the
              values read from the config file or command-line back. Do not use nil as a default value!

              The identifier is used to identify the config-file and the command-line options.  These  needs  to
              unique to avoid collisions with other scripts.  Defaults to mp.get_script_name().

       Example implementation:

          require 'mp.options'
          local options = {
              optionA = "defaultvalueA",
              optionB = -0.5,
              optionC = true,
          }
          read_options(options, "myscript")
          print(options.optionA)

       The config file will be stored in lua-settings/identifier.conf in mpv's user folder. Comment lines can be
       started with # and stray spaces are not removed.  Boolean values will be represented with yes/no.

       Example config:

          # comment
          optionA=Hello World
          optionB=9999
          optionC=no

       Command-line options are read from the --script-opts parameter. To avoid collisions, all keys have to  be
       prefixed with identifier-.

       Example command-line:

          --script-opts=myscript-optionA=TEST,myscript-optionB=0,myscript-optionC=yes

   mp.utils options
       This  built-in module provides generic helper functions for Lua, and have strictly speaking nothing to do
       with mpv or video/audio playback. They are provided for convenience. Most  compensate  for  Lua's  scarce
       standard library.

       Be  warned  that  any  of  these  functions  might  disappear any time. They are not strictly part of the
       guaranteed API.

       utils.getcwd()
              Returns the directory that mpv was launched from. On error, nil, error is returned.

       utils.readdir(path [, filter])
              Enumerate all entries at the given path on the filesystem, and return them as array. Each entry is
              a  directory  entry  (without  the  path).   The list is unsorted (in whatever order the operating
              system returns it).

              If the filter argument is given, it must be one of the following strings:

                 files  List regular files only. This excludes directories,  special  files  (like  UNIX  device
                        files or FIFOs), and dead symlinks. It includes UNIX symlinks to regular files.

                 dirs   List directories only, or symlinks to directories. . and ..  are not included.

                 normal Include the results of both files and dirs. (This is the default.)

                 all    List all entries, even device files, dead symlinks, FIFOs, and the . and .. entries.

              On error, nil, error is returned.

       utils.split_path(path)
              Split  a  path  into directory component and filename component, and return them. The first return
              value is always the directory. The second return value is the  trailing  part  of  the  path,  the
              directory entry.

       utils.join_path(p1, p2)
              Return  the  concatenation  of the 2 paths. Tries to be clever. For example, if `p2 is an absolute
              path, p2 is returned without change.

       utils.subprocess(t)
              Runs an external process and waits until it exits. Returns process status and the captured output.

              The parameter t is a table. The function reads the following entries:

                 args   Array of strings. The first array entry  is  the  executable.  This  can  be  either  an
                        absolute path, or a filename with no path components, in which case the PATH environment
                        variable is used to resolve the executable. The  other  array  elements  are  passed  as
                        command line arguments.

                 cancellable
                        Optional.  If set to true (default), then if the user stops playback or goes to the next
                        file while the process is running, the process will be killed.

                 max_size
                        Optional. The maximum size in bytes of the  data  that  can  be  captured  from  stdout.
                        (Default: 16 MB.)

              The function returns a table as result with the following entries:

                 status The raw exit status of the process. It will be negative on error.

                 stdout Captured output stream as string, limited to max_size.

                 error  nil  on  success. The string killed if the process was terminated in an unusual way. The
                        string init if the process could not be started.

                        On Windows, killed is only returned when the process has been killed by mpv as a  result
                        of cancellable being set to true.

                 killed_by_us
                        Set  to  true if the process has been killed by mpv as a result of cancellable being set
                        to true.

              In all cases, mp.resume_all() is implicitly called.

       utils.parse_json(str [, trail])
              Parses the given string argument as JSON, and returns it as a Lua table. On  error,  returns  nil,
              error.  (Currently,  error  is just a string reading error, because there is no fine-grained error
              reporting of any kind.)

              The returned value uses similar  conventions  as  mp.get_property_native()  to  distinguish  empty
              objects and arrays.

              If  the trail parameter is true (or any value equal to true), then trailing non-whitespace text is
              tolerated by the function, and the trailing text is returned as 3rd return value. (The 3rd  return
              value is always there, but with trail set, no error is raised.)

       utils.format_json(v)
              Format  the  given  Lua  table  (or  value) as a JSON string and return it. On error, returns nil,
              error. (Errors usually only happen on value types incompatible with JSON.)

              The argument value uses similar  conventions  as  mp.set_property_native()  to  distinguish  empty
              objects and arrays.

       utils.to_string(v)
              Turn  the  given  value into a string. Formats tables and their contents. This doesn't do anything
              special; it is only needed because Lua is terrible.

   Events
       Events are  notifications  from  player  core  to  scripts.  You  can  register  an  event  handler  with
       mp.register_event.

       Note  that  all scripts (and other parts of the player) receive events equally, and there's no such thing
       as blocking other scripts from receiving events.

       Example:

          function my_fn(event)
              print("start of playback!")
          end

          mp.register_event("file-loaded", my_fn)

   List of events
       start-file
              Happens right before a new file is loaded. When you receive this, the player is loading  the  file
              (or possibly already done with it).

       end-file
              Happens  after  a  file was unloaded. Typically, the player will load the next file right away, or
              quit if this was the last file.

              The event has the reason field, which takes one of these values:

              eof    The file has ended. This can (but doesn't have  to)  include  incomplete  files  or  broken
                     network connections under circumstances.

              stop   Playback was ended by a command.

              quit   Playback was ended by sending the quit command.

              error  An error happened. In this case, an error field is present with the error string.

              redirect
                     Happens with playlists and similar. Details see MPV_END_FILE_REASON_REDIRECT in the C API.

              unknown
                     Unknown.  Normally  doesn't  happen,  unless  the  Lua  API  is out of sync with the C API.
                     (Likewise, it could happen that your script gets reason strings that did not exist  yet  at
                     the time your script was written.)

       file-loaded
              Happens after a file was loaded and begins playback.

       seek   Happens  on seeking. (This might include cases when the player seeks internally, even without user
              interaction. This includes e.g. segment changes when playing ordered chapters Matroska files.)

       playback-restart
              Start of playback after seek or after file was loaded.

       idle   Idle mode is entered. This happens when playback ended, and the player was started with --idle  or
              --force-window. This mode is implicitly ended when the start-file or shutdown events happen.

       tick   Called  after  a  video  frame  was  displayed. This is a hack, and you should avoid using it. Use
              timers instead and maybe watch pausing/unpausing events to avoid wasting CPU when  the  player  is
              paused.

       shutdown
              Sent  when  the player quits, and the script should terminate. Normally handled automatically. See
              Details on the script initialization and lifecycle.

       log-message
              Receives messages enabled with mp.enable_messages. The message data  is  contained  in  the  table
              passed  as  first  parameter to the event handler.  The table contains, in addition to the default
              event fields, the following fields:

              prefix The module prefix, identifies the sender of the message. This is what the  terminal  player
                     puts  in  front of the message text when using the --v option, and is also what is used for
                     --msg-level.

              level  The log level as string. See msg.log  for  possible  log  level  names.   Note  that  later
                     versions of mpv might add new levels or remove (undocumented) existing ones.

              text   The  log  message.  The  text  will  end with a newline character. Sometimes it can contain
                     multiple lines.

              Keep in mind that these messages are meant to be hints for humans. You should not parse them,  and
              prefix/level/text of messages might change any time.

       get-property-reply
              Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).

       set-property-reply
              Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).

       command-reply
              Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).

       client-message
              Undocumented (used internally).

       video-reconfig
              Happens on video output or filter reconfig.

       audio-reconfig
              Happens on audio output or filter reconfig.

       The  following  events  also  happen, but are deprecated: tracks-changed, track-switched, pause, unpause,
       metadata-update, chapter-change. Use mp.observe_property() instead.

   Extras
       This documents experimental features, or features that are "too special" to guarantee a stable interface.

       mp.add_hook(type, priority, fn)
              Add a hook callback for type (a string identifying a certain kind of hook). These hooks allow  the
              player  to  call script functions and wait for their result (normally, the Lua scripting interface
              is asynchronous from the point of view of the player core). priority is an arbitrary integer  that
              allows ordering among hooks of the same kind. Using the value 50 is recommended as neutral default
              value. fn is the function that will be called during execution of the hook.

              See Hooks for currently existing hooks and what they do -  only  the  hook  list  is  interesting;
              handling hook execution is done by the Lua script function automatically.

JSON IPC

       mpv  can  be  controlled  by  external  programs  using the JSON-based IPC protocol. It can be enabled by
       specifying the path to a unix socket using the option --input-unix-socket. Clients can  connect  to  this
       socket and send commands to the player or receive events from it.

       WARNING:
          This  is  not  intended  to  be  a  secure  network  protocol.  It is explicitly insecure: there is no
          authentication, no encryption, and the commands themselves are insecure  too.  For  example,  the  run
          command  is  exposed,  which can run arbitrary system commands. The use-case is controlling the player
          locally. This is not different from the MPlayer slave protocol.

   Socat example
       You can use the socat tool to send commands (and receive reply) from the shell. Assuming mpv was  started
       with:

          mpv file.mkv --input-unix-socket=/tmp/mpvsocket

       Then you can control it using socat:

          > echo '{ "command": ["get_property", "playback-time"] }' | socat - /tmp/mpvsocket
          {"data":190.482000,"error":"success"}

       In this case, socat copies data between stdin/stdout and the mpv socket connection.

       See the --idle option how to make mpv start without exiting immediately or playing a file.

       It's also possible to send input.conf style text-only commands:

          > echo 'show_text ${playback-time}' | socat - /tmp/mpvsocket

       But  you  won't  get  a  reply  over  the socket. (This particular command shows the playback time on the
       player's OSD.)

   Protocol
       Clients can execute commands on the player by sending JSON messages of the following form:

          { "command": ["command_name", "param1", "param2", ...] }

       where command_name is the name of the  command  to  be  executed,  followed  by  a  list  of  parameters.
       Parameters must be formatted as native JSON values (integers, strings, booleans, ...). Every message must
       be terminated with \n. Additionally, \n must not appear anywhere inside the  message.  In  practice  this
       means that messages should be minified before being sent to mpv.

       mpv will then send back a reply indicating whether the command was run correctly, and an additional field
       holding the command-specific return data (it can also be null).

          { "error": "success", "data": null }

       mpv will also send events to clients with JSON messages of the following form:

          { "event": "event_name" }

       where event_name is the name of the event. Additional event-specific fields can also be present. See List
       of events for a list of all supported events.

       Because  events can occur at any time, it may be difficult at times to determine which response goes with
       which command. Commands may optionally include a request_id which, if provided in  the  command  request,
       will be copied verbatim into the response. mpv does not intrepret the request_id in any way; it is solely
       for the use of the requester.

       For example, this request:

          { "command": ["get_property", "time-pos"], "request_id": 100 }

       Would generate this response:

          { "error": "success", "data": 1.468135, "request_id": 100 }

       All commands, replies, and events are separated from each other with a line break character (\n).

       If the first character (after skipping whitespace) is not {, the command will be interpreted as  non-JSON
       text  command,  as they are used in input.conf (or mpv_command_string() in the client API). Additionally,
       line starting with # and empty lines are ignored.

       Currently, embedded 0 bytes terminate the current line, but you should not rely on this.

   Commands
       Additionally to  the commands described in List of Input Commands, a few extra commands can also be  used
       as part of the protocol:

       client_name
              Return the name of the client as string. This is the string ipc-N with N being an integer number.

       get_time_us
              Return  the  current  mpv  internal time in microseconds as a number. This is basically the system
              time, with an arbitrary offset.

       get_property
              Return the value of the given property. The value will be sent in the data  field  of  the  replay
              message.

              Example:

                 { "command": ["get_property", "volume"] }
                 { "data": 50.0, "error": "success" }

       get_property_string
              Like get_property, but the resulting data will always be a string.

              Example:

                 { "command": ["get_property_string", "volume"] }
                 { "data": "50.000000", "error": "success" }

       set_property
              Set the given property to the given value. See Properties for more information about properties.

              Example:

                 { "command": ["set_property", "pause", true] }
                 { "error": "success" }

       set_property_string
              Like set_property, but the argument value must be passed as string.

              Example:

                 { "command": ["set_property_string", "pause", "yes"] }
                 { "error": "success" }

       observe_property
              Watch  a  property  for  changes.  If  the  given  property  is  changed,  then  an  event of type
              property-change will be generated

              Example:

                 { "command": ["observe_property", 1, "volume"] }
                 { "error": "success" }
                 { "event": "property-change", "id": 1, "data": 52.0, "name": "volume" }

       observe_property_string
              Like observe_property, but the resulting data will always be a string.

              Example:

                 { "command": ["observe_property_string", 1, "volume"] }
                 { "error": "success" }
                 { "event": "property-change", "id": 1, "data": "52.000000", "name": "volume" }

       unobserve_property
              Undo observe_property or observe_property_string. This requires  the  numeric  id  passed  to  the
              observe command as argument.

              Example:

                 { "command": ["unobserve_property", 1] }
                 { "error": "success" }

       request_log_messages
              Enable  output of mpv log messages. They will be received as events. The parameter to this command
              is the log-level (see mpv_request_log_messages C API function).

              Log message output is meant for humans  only  (mostly  for  debugging).   Attempting  to  retrieve
              information  by  parsing  these  messages  will  just  lead to breakages with future mpv releases.
              Instead, make a feature request, and ask for a proper event that returns the information you need.

       enable_event, disable_event
              Enables or disables the named event. Mirrors the mpv_request_event C API function. If  the  string
              all is used instead of an event name, all events are enabled or disabled.

              By default, most events are enabled, and there is not much use for this command.

       suspend
              Suspend  the  mpv  main  loop.  There  is  a long-winded explanation of this in the C API function
              mpv_suspend(). In short, this prevents the player from displaying the next video  frame,  so  that
              you don't get blocked when trying to access the player.

       resume Undo one suspend call. suspend increments an internal counter, and resume decrements it. When 0 is
              reached, the player is actually resumed.

       get_version
              Returns the client API version  the  C  API  of  the  remote  mpv  instance  provides.  (Also  see
              DOCS/client-api-changes.rst.)

   UTF-8
       Normally,  all  strings  are  in  UTF-8. Sometimes it can happen that strings are in some broken encoding
       (often happens with file tags and such, and filenames on many Unixes are not  required  to  be  in  UTF-8
       either).  This  means  that  mpv  sometimes  sends  invalid  JSON.  If  that  is a problem for the client
       application's parser, it should filter the raw data for invalid UTF-8 sequences and perform  the  desired
       replacement, before feeding the data to its JSON parser.

       mpv will not attempt to construct invalid UTF-8 with broken escape sequences.

CHANGELOG

       There is no real changelog, but you can look at the following things:

       • The  release  changelog, which should contain most user-visible changes, including new features and bug
         fixes:

         https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/releases

       • The git log, which is the "real" changelog

       • The file mplayer-changes.rst in the DOCS sub directory on the git repository, which used to be in place
         of this section. It documents some changes that happened since mplayer2 forked off MPlayer.

EMBEDDING INTO OTHER PROGRAMS (LIBMPV)

       mpv  can be embedded into other programs as video/audio playback backend. The recommended way to to so is
       using libmpv. See libmpv/client.h in the mpv source code repository. This provides a C API. Bindings  for
       other languages might be available (see wiki).

ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES

       There are a number of environment variables that can be used to control the behavior of mpv.

       HOME, XDG_CONFIG_HOME
              Used to determine mpv config directory. If XDG_CONFIG_HOME is not set, $HOME/.config/mpv is used.

              $HOME/.mpv is always added to the list of config search paths with a lower priority.

       XDG_CONFIG_DIRS
              If  set,  XDG-style  system  configuration  directories  are  used. Otherwise, the UNIX convention
              (PREFIX/etc/mpv/) is used.

       TERM   Used to determine terminal type.

       MPV_HOME
              Directory where mpv looks for user settings. Overrides HOME, and mpv will try to load  the  config
              file as $MPV_HOME/mpv.conf.

       MPV_VERBOSE (see also -v and --msg-level)
              Set  the initial verbosity level across all message modules (default: 0).  This is an integer, and
              the resulting verbosity corresponds to the number of --v options passed to the command line.

       MPV_LEAK_REPORT
              If set to 1, enable internal talloc  leak  reporting.  Note  that  this  can  cause  trouble  with
              multithreading, so only developers should use this.

       LADSPA_PATH
              Specifies  the  search path for LADSPA plugins. If it is unset, fully qualified path names must be
              used.

       DISPLAY
              Standard X11 display name to use.

       FFmpeg/Libav:
              This library accesses various environment variables. However, they are not  centrally  documented,
              and documenting them is not our job. Therefore, this list is incomplete.

              Notable environment variables:

              http_proxy
                     URL to proxy for http:// and https:// URLs.

              no_proxy
                     List  of  domain patterns for which no proxy should be used.  List entries are separated by
                     ,. Patterns can include *.

       libdvdcss:

              DVDCSS_CACHE
                     Specify a directory in which to store title key values. This will speed up descrambling  of
                     DVDs  which  are  in the cache. The DVDCSS_CACHE directory is created if it does not exist,
                     and a subdirectory is created named  after  the  DVD's  title  or  manufacturing  date.  If
                     DVDCSS_CACHE  is  not  set  or  is  empty,  libdvdcss  will  use the default value which is
                     ${HOME}/.dvdcss/ under Unix and the roaming application data  directory  (%APPDATA%)  under
                     Windows. The special value "off" disables caching.

              DVDCSS_METHOD
                     Sets  the  authentication  and  decryption method that libdvdcss will use to read scrambled
                     discs. Can be one of title, key or disc.

                     key    is the default method. libdvdcss will use a set of calculated player keys to try and
                            get  the  disc  key. This can fail if the drive does not recognize any of the player
                            keys.

                     disc   is a fallback method when key has failed. Instead of using  player  keys,  libdvdcss
                            will crack the disc key using a brute force algorithm. This process is CPU intensive
                            and requires 64 MB of memory to store temporary data.

                     title  is the fallback when all other methods have failed.  It  does  not  rely  on  a  key
                            exchange with the DVD drive, but rather uses a crypto attack to guess the title key.
                            On rare cases this may fail because there is not enough encrypted data on  the  disc
                            to perform a statistical attack, but on the other hand it is the only way to decrypt
                            a DVD stored on a hard disc, or a DVD with the wrong region on an RPC2 drive.

              DVDCSS_RAW_DEVICE
                     Specify the raw device to use. Exact usage will depend on your operating system, the  Linux
                     utility  to  set  up raw devices is raw(8) for instance. Please note that on most operating
                     systems, using a raw device requires highly aligned buffers: Linux requires  a  2048  bytes
                     alignment (which is the size of a DVD sector).

              DVDCSS_VERBOSE
                     Sets the libdvdcss verbosity level.

                     0      Outputs no messages at all.

                     1      Outputs error messages to stderr.

                     2      Outputs error messages and debug messages to stderr.

              DVDREAD_NOKEYS
                     Skip retrieving all keys on startup. Currently disabled.

              HOME   FIXME: Document this.

EXIT CODES

       Normally  mpv  returns  0  as  exit  code  after  finishing playback successfully.  If errors happen, the
       following exit codes can be returned:

          1      Error initializing mpv. This is also returned if unknown options are passed to mpv.

          2      The file passed to mpv couldn't be played. This is somewhat fuzzy:  currently,  playback  of  a
                 file  is  considered to be successful if initialization was mostly successful, even if playback
                 fails immediately after initialization.

          3      There were some files that could be played, and some files which couldn't (using the definition
                 of success from above).

          4      Quit due to a signal, Ctrl+c in a VO window (by default), or from the default quit key bindings
                 in encoding mode.

       Note that quitting the player manually will always lead to exit code 0, overriding  the  exit  code  that
       would  be  returned normally. Also, the quit input command can take an exit code: in this case, that exit
       code is returned.

FILES

       For Windows-specifics, see FILES ON WINDOWS section.

       /etc/mpv/mpv.conf
              mpv system-wide settings (depends on --prefix passed to configure - mpv in  default  configuration
              will  use  /usr/local/etc/mpv/  as config directory, while most Linux distributions will set it to
              /etc/mpv/).

       ~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf
              mpv user settings (see CONFIGURATION FILES section)

       ~/.config/mpv/input.conf
              key bindings (see INPUT.CONF section)

       ~/.config/mpv/scripts/
              All files in this directory are loaded as if they were passed to the  --script  option.  They  are
              loaded  in  alphabetical  order, and sub-directories and files with no .lua extension are ignored.
              The --load-scripts=no option disables loading these files.

       ~/.config/mpv/watch_later/
              Contains temporary config files needed for  resuming  playback  of  files  with  the  watch  later
              feature. See for example the Q key binding, or the quit_watch_later input command.

              Each  file  is  a  small config file which is loaded if the corresponding media file is loaded. It
              contains the playback position and some (not necessarily all) settings that  were  changed  during
              playback.  The  filenames  are  hashed from the full paths of the media files. It's in general not
              possible  to  extract  the  media  filename  from  this   hash.   However,   you   can   set   the
              --write-filename-in-watch-later-config  option,  and the player will add the media filename to the
              contents of the resume config file.

       ~/.config/mpv/lua-settings/osc.conf
              This is loaded by the OSC script. See the ON SCREEN CONTROLLER docs for details.

              Other files in this directory are specific to the corresponding scripts as well, and the mpv  core
              doesn't touch them.

       Note  that  the  environment variables $XDG_CONFIG_HOME and $MPV_HOME can override the standard directory
       ~/.config/mpv/.

       Also, the old config location at ~/.mpv/ is still read, and if the XDG variant does not exist, will still
       be preferred.

FILES ON WINDOWS

       On  win32 (if compiled with MinGW, but not Cygwin), the default config file locations are different. They
       are generally located under %APPDATA%/mpv/.  For example, the path to mpv.conf is %APPDATA%/mpv/mpv.conf,
       which maps to a system and user-specific path, for example
          C:\users\USERNAME\Application Data\mpv\mpv.conf

       You can find the exact path by running echo %APPDATA%\mpv\mpv.conf in cmd.exe.

       Other config files (such as input.conf) are in the same directory. See the FILES section above.

       The environment variable $MPV_HOME completely overrides these, like on UNIX.

       If  a  directory  named  portable_config  next to the mpv.exe exists, all config will be loaded from this
       directory only. Watch later config files are written to this directory as well. (This exists  on  Windows
       only  and  is  redundant  with  $MPV_HOME. However, since Windows is very scripting unfriendly, a wrapper
       script just setting $MPV_HOME, like you could do it on other  systems,  won't  work.  portable_config  is
       provided for convenience to get around this restriction.)

       Config  files  located in the same directory as mpv.exe are loaded with lower priority. Some config files
       are loaded only once, which means that e.g. of 2 input.conf files located in two config directories, only
       the one from the directory with higher priority will be loaded.

       A  third  config  directory  with  lowest  priority  is  the directory named mpv in the same directory as
       mpv.exe. This used to be the directory with highest priority, but is now discouraged to use and might  be
       removed in the future.

       Note  that  mpv  likes  to  mix  /  and \ path separators for simplicity.  kernel32.dll accepts this, but
       cmd.exe does not.

COPYRIGHT

       GPLv2+

                                                                                                          MPV(1)